初二英语第十八单元练习
一、指出下列与所给单词划线部分发音相同的一个词：
( )1. feather A. health B. birthday C. weather D. nothing
( )2. laugh A. warm B. pass C. because D. worse
( )3. wet A. vegetable B. harvest C. enjoy D. December
( )4. candle A. later B. date C. plate D. happy
( )5. present A. pleasure B. always C. answer D. second
( )6. sandwich A. message B. catch C. cheap D. machine
( )7. enjoyed A. laughed B. wanted C. looked D. cleaned
( )8. health A. sea B. reach C. feather D. cleaner
( )9. popular A. party B. quarter C. dangerous D. ladder
( )10. says A. player B. next C. may D. Sunday
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. dry (比较级)___________ 2. snow (形容词)___________
3. forget (现在分词)__________ 4. party (复数)_________
5. feather (复数)________ 6. right (同音词)_________
7. sandwich (复数)___________ 8. think (过去式)_________
9. wear (过去式)_________ 10. easy (副词)_________
三、将下列汉语译成英语:
1. 聚会__________________ 2. 生日快乐________________
3. 迟一点________________ 4. 等一会儿________________
5. 恐怕不行______________ 6. 再添一点牛奶________________
7. 请某人参加聚会______________________________
8. 感到高兴_______________________
9. 她的所有其他朋友____________________________
10. 多么美味的食物! ____________________________
四、选择填空:
( )1. Sorry , I _____ you about it.
A. forget to tell B. forget telling
C. forgot to tell D. forgot telling
( )2. —Could you answer the question?
—Sorry , there is _____ to think about it.
A. not time B. no time C. not times D. no times
( )3. Lucy often goes swimming in summer , _____.
A. so does Mike B. so is Mike
C. so Mike does D. Mike does so
( )4. I _____ you can come to my birthday party.
A. speak B. hope C. talk D. say
( )5. All of her _____ friends are now outside the door.
A. others B. another C. other D. the other
( )6. There is some bread _____ the plate.
A. with B. to C. on D. in
( )7. —Could you pass me the candle , please? —_____.
A. Yes. Here are you B. Yes. Here you are
C. Yes. Here is it D. No , thank you
( )8. _____ interesting film it is !
A. What an B. What a C. How D. How an
( )9. —What present _____ your father _____ you for your birthday?
—A new school bag.
A. does , give B. did , give C. is , giving D. did , gave
( )10. Last year the farmers had a good harvest ___ much of China.
A. on B. at C. in D. from
( )11. Yesterday his birthday party ___ at six o' clock and ___ to ten.
A. starts , goes B. started , went on
C. started , went D. starts , went on
( )12. The best time ____ to their country is in autumn.
A. goes B. go C. going D. to go
( )13. I' ll stay at home. It is raining ____ outside.
A. heavily B. heavy C. big D. large
( )14. Tell her to wear the red feather ____ her new hat , please.
A. on B. in C. at D. above
( )15. —I hope you can go to the cinema with us.
—I' m sorry , _____ I can' t.
A. so B. and C. because D. but
( )16. They are up ____ in the kitchen.
A. all the foods B. the all foods
C. the all food D. all the food
( )17. We are going to _____ a party on Saturday.
A. make B. do C. have D. had
( )18. He will stay here for _____.
A. more two days B. two more day
C. another two days D. two another days
( )19. —I' m sorry , but I' ve lost your pen. — _____.
A. It doesn' t matter B. All right
C. It' s a pleasure D. That' s right
( )20. I' m a student , _____.
A. so Ann am B. so am Ann
C. so is Ann D. so Ann is
五、介词填空：
1.“I' m going to his birthday party ______ half ______ four _____ the afternoon. What ______ you?”
“I think I' ll go ______ you.”
2. Polly gave Ann a feather ______ her birthday.
3. The doorbell is ringing. Who is ______ the door?
4. The weather here is very different ______ England' s ______ this time ______ year.
5. Mike often goes swimming ______ a lake ______ his home ______ summer.
6. Thanks a lot for asking me ______ your party.
六、句型变换：
1. Ann is going to have her party at home. (划线提问)
2. Most of us went to Ann' s party yesterday. (同上)
3. The dumplings are delicious. (改为感叹句)
4. They are beautiful clothes. (同上)
5. They didn' t go to the cinema yesterday afternoon. (改为反意问句)
6. The party starts at half past seven in the evening. (同上)
七、用所给动词的适当形式填空:
1. Where _____ (be) Xiao Lin ? Sorry , I don' t know. But I _______ (see) him in the classroom a moment ago.
2. Mr Smith _________ (work) in China in 1993. He enjoyed _______ (live) in China very much.
3. Would you like _________ (have) some more milk?
4. Thanks a lot for _________ (ask) us to your birthday party.
5. My sister ________ (do) her homework every evening , but now she _________ (write) a letter to my father.
6. We _______ (have ) a party in the classroom last Saturday evening.
Most of us ________ (enjoy) ________ (sing) very much.
7. It _____ (be) hot today. But I think it _____ (be) cool later on.
8. We _____ (help) the workers ______ (run) the machines next month.
9. There ______ (be) some bread on the pate.
10. Thanks a lot for ________ (give) me such a beautiful sweater.
I' d ________ (love) ________ (wear) it.
八、改病句:
( )1. The rain is heavily , isn' t it ? _______
A B C D
( )2. How delicious sandwiches we had this morning ! _______
A B C D
( )3. When does the game start yesterday afternoon? _______
A B C D
( )4. I don' t like winter because it' s too much cold. _______
A B C D
( )5. Look , the candles in the cake are very beautiful. _______
A B C D
( )6. Thanks you for telling me the good news. _______
A B C D
( )7. The all food was on the table. The sandwiches were on the
A B C
plates , and the candles were on the cake. _______
D
( )8. What beautiful present! I can wear it in my new hat. _______
A B C D
( )9. The party starts at four , isn' t it? _______
A B C D
( )10. Ann ran to the door , and find Li Lei outside. _______
A B C D
九、从 B 栏中选出 A 栏的答句, 填入括号内:
A
( )1. Shall we go for a walk?
( )2. When shall we go this afternoon?
( )3. You want to go swimming , don' t you ?
( )4. Shall we leave at half past seven?
( )5. Where shall we go the day after tomorrow?
( )6. May I speak to Ann , please?
( )7. Would you like to come to my birthday party?
( )8. Are you free this evening?
B
A. No , I don' t.
B. Let' s go to the park.
C. Thank you. I would love to come.
D. No. Let' s leave at eight o' clock.
E. Certainly.
F. Good idea!
G. Yes , I think so.
H. What about eight o' clock?
初二英语第十九单元练习
一、找出与所给单词划线部分发音相同的一个单词:
( )1. east A. ready B. piece C. report D. head
( )2. temperature A. call B. message C. date D. hand
( )3. report A. bought B. October C. porridge D. popular
( )4. wait A. inside B. lift C. again D. build
( )5. stop A. north B. draw C. your D. office
( )6. finished A. called B. laughed C. waited D. answered
( )7. above A. radio B. long C. strong D. enough
( )8. below A. present B. December C. second D. telephone
( )9. most A. almost B. October C. move D. soccer
( )10. south A. below B. enough C. town D. north
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:
1. radio (复数)__________ 2. break (过去式)_________
3. above (反义词)_________ 4. turn on (反义词组)___________
5. fall (过去式)__________ 6. stop (过去式)__________
7. nine (序数词)_________ 8. careful (名词)__________
9. wait (现在分词)__________ 10. long (反义词)_________
三、将下列汉语译成英语:
1. 打开收音机__________________ 2. 有空____________________
3. 去散步___________________ 4. 等公共汽车______________
5. 华南_________________ 6. 后天______________
7. 零度以上_________________ 8. 好得多_______________
9. 取回某物_________________ 10. 天气预报______________
四、选择填空:
( )1. Be quick. They _____ us outside the office.
A. are waiting for B. are waiting
C. waited for D. will wait
( )2. Mr John came here _____.
A. got it back B. got back it
C. to get it back D. to get back it
( )3. It' s very good radio _____.
A. Turn on B. Turn it on
C. Turn on it D. Turning it on
( )4. There' s a lot of wind today. _____ weather it is!
A. What bad B. What a bad
C. How bad D. How bad a
( )5. The colour TV looks _____ now.
A. much good B. much well C. much better D. very well
( )6. —How long _____ the rain _____ last night?
—Is lasted two hours.
A. was , lasted B. did , last C. will , last D. does , last
( )7. —I' m sorry. I broke your pen. —_____. Don' t worry.
A. That' s all right B. All right
C. That' s right D. You' re welcome
( )8. She wants to get the book back , _____ she?
A. isn' t B. don' t C. doesn' t D. won' t
( )9. The radio says Beijing will be _____.
A. sun B. rain C. wind D. cloudy
( )10. I' m going to have a birthday party. ____ you like to come?
A. Could B. May C. Would D. Can
( )11. I think the sun will _____ later.
A. come down B. come in C. come out D. come up
( )12. Don' t worry. They _____ everything ready soon.
A. got B. get C. are getting D. will get
( )13. Shall we have _____ work to do tomorrow?
A. much B. a lot C. many D. a few
( )14. The radio says there will be rain _____.
A. at the night B. in the night
C. on the night D. in night
( )15. The cloud will _____ quite quickly.
A. lift B. stop C. turn D. get
( )16. Please help _____ lift the heavy box.
A. I B. me C. we D. mine
( )17. _____ do you like better , tea or coffee?
A. When B. How C. What D. Which
( )18. I listen to the weather report _____ the radio every day.
A. at B. in C. on D. by
( )19. Fuzhou is _____ the southeast of China.
A. to B. on C. in D. at
( )20. _____ the flowers are beautiful.
A. The most of B. Most of C. Most a D. Of most
五、介词填空:
1. We won' t go to school ______ seven thirty.
2. ______ night the temperature will fall ______ zero again.
3. Would you please mend the bike ______ me?
4. Mike goes swimming in the river ______ times.
5. Why don' t you have dinner ______ us this evening?
6. I can not sleep ______ the day-time.
7. Would you like to go ______ a walk ______ me now?
8. There will be a strong wind _____ the north of the Huai River.
六、将下列句子改为否定句、疑问句, 并作肯定、否定回答:
1. They will leave the office at eleven.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
2. We shall go to see our English teacher tomorrow.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
3. It' ll be windy this evening.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
4. There will be a class meeting this afternoon.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
5. He will wait for us at the bus stop.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
七、用所给动词的正确形式填空:
1. I' m afraid the rain _________ (stop) later in the day.
2. Thanks a lot for your supper. I _________ (enjoy) it very much.
3. They _________ (make) some kites next Sunday.
4. I ________ (hope) you could come to my party but you didn' t.
5. We often help the old woman _________ (carry) water.
6. Can your father _________ (write) in English?
7. I _________ (not have) supper with my mother last night.
8. It' s eight o' clock now. Mum _____________ (write) a letter to my brother and I __________ (draw) a picture.
9. Wei Hua's bike __________ (break) yesterdeay. He asked me ______ (mend) it this afternoon.
10. Chen Hui _________ (have) his birthday the day after tomorrow.
八、改病句:
( )1. There is going to have an English party this evening. _______
A B C D
( )2. It' s raining heavily. Bringing me a raincoat please. _______
A B C D
( )3. People often listens to the weather report every day. _______
A B C D
( )4. I think the weather will be very better soon. _______
A B C D
( )5. Look! There are a lot of apples in the tree. _______
A B C D
( )6. What a fine day today! Let' s go for walk outside. _______
A B C D
( )7. Thank you for come and for the beautiful present. _______
A B C D
( )8. There is nothing in the room , isn' t there? _______
A B C D
( )9. Shall you come to our house for supper? _______
A B C D
( )10. I usually read a book for some time after I go to bed. _____
A B C D
九、阅读理解:
Kate and Peter like sports. In summer they swim and in winter they skate. They are planning a skate trip for this weekend , but they don' t know about the weather. It' s 7:30 now , and they are listening to the weather report on the radio. The weather-man is giving the weather for the weekend.
“Friday is going to be cold and cloudy , but it' s not going to rain. The temperature is going to be belwo zero. It' s going to snow on Friday evening. Saturday and Sunday are going to be cold and sunny.”
Now Kate and Peter are happy. The weather is going to be very nice for a skate trip. They are going to have a good time on the hills.
( )1. Kate and Peter like _____.
A. listening to the radio B. watching TV
C. sports D. music
( )2. They are planning _____ for this weekend.
A. a class meeting B. a party
C. a game D. a skate trip
( )3. They want to know about _____.
A. the rain B. the food C. the weather D. the radio
( )4. It _____ on Saturday and Sunday.
A. will rain B. will be windy
C. will be cloudy D. will be cold and sunny
( )5. Kate and Peter are happy because _____.
A. the weather is going to be nice for a skate trip
B. they are going to visit the friends
C. They are going to see their parents
D. They are going to have a good meal
初二英语第二十单元练习
一、找出与所给单词划线部分发音相同的一个单词：
( )1. chips A. school B. sandwich C. lunch D. machine
( )2. real A. ready B. east C. season D. hear
( )3. cabbage A. vegetable B. leg C. dialogue D. dog
( )4. sugar A. sell B. sure C. salt D. set
( )5. potato A. carrot B. candle C. answer D. radio
( )6. tomato A. from B. photo C. tonight D. move
( )7. fry A. ready B. fly C. happy D. usually
( )8. pork A. short B. doctor C. porridge D. total
( )9. salt A. half B. walk C. fall D. also
( )10. sugar A. similar B. party C. park D. car
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. potato (复数)__________ 2. popular (比较级)___________
3. three (序数词)_________ 4. sunny (比较级)__________
5. free (反义词)__________ 6. outside (反义词)_________
7. fish (复数)_________ 8. fry (形容词)_________
9. careful (最高级)___________ 10. five (序数词)__________
三、汉译英：
1. 把…带回家__________________ 2. 把…递给某人_____________
3. 给…打电话__________________ 4. 在露天_______________
5. 这么多的书___________________ 6. 家里煮的_______________
7. 外卖食品__________________ 8. 在西北________________
9. 最受欢迎的食物______________________ 10. 炸鸡____________
四、选择填空:
( )1. Mr Bruce will give us _____ to eat.
A. everything different B. something different
C. different something D. anything different
( )2. Which is _____ popular , pork , beef , or chicken?
A. more B. the more C. most D. the most
( )3. It is raining _____ than yesterday.
A. more hard B. much harder
C. more harder D. much more hard
( )4. —Where is Ann? —She _____ in the library.
A. must be B. can be C. will be D. would be
( )5. Mr Bruce is not in. What _____ now?
A. do we do B. we will do
C. shall we do D. are we going do
( )6. I like apples _____ of all.
A. well B. best C. better D. good
( )7. —People eat a lot of beef in England. —_____.
A. So do we B. So we do
C. We so do D. We do so
( )8. I want to cook something _____ English.
A. really B. real C. an D. to
( )9. The cloud will lift quite _____.
A. quick B. well C. quickly D. fastly
( )10. —Would you like to come for supper this evening? —____.
A. Yes , please B. Thank you , I' d love to
C. Yes , I want to D. Don' t be so nice
( )11. —Would you like a cup of tea? —_____.
A. Yes , please B. Excuse me C. Well D. Good
( )12. Which is _____, this photo or that one?
A. much beautiful B. the more beautiful
C. more beautiful D. most beautiful
( )13. Would you like to have ____ eggs for your breakfast ?
A. frying B. fried C. to fry D. fries
( )14. They often go for a walk _____ the open air.
A. in B. at C. on D. to
( )15. Please _____ me a ring when you get there.
A. do B. make C. give D. take
( )16. We have _____ books in this library.
A. so many B. so much C. too much D. much too
( )17. Chen Hui will go to a fish and chip shop , _____.
A. so Ann will B. so does Ann
C. so will Ann D. so Ann does
( )18. Robert likes tea with _____ it.
A. milks in B. milk in
C. milk on D. the milk in
( )19. I' ll help him _____ the box upstairs.
A. carrying B. carry C. carries D. carried
( )20. This meeting is _____ of all.
A. the more important B. most important
C. the most important D. more important
五、介词:
1. I hope you can come ______ my house ______ my birthday next Sunday.
2. I like Chinese tea ______ nothing ______ it , please.
3. Please listen ______ the weather report ______ the next twenty-four hours.
4. The snow will last a week ______ the north ______ China.
5. What food will they cook ______ the dinner?
6. Please take the radio home ______ your father.
7. I think it' s much nicer ______ a paper bag.
8. Thank you ______ coming and _____ the beautiful present.
六、用所给形容词、副词的适当形式填空:
1. This TV set is _________ (small) than that one and it is ________ (cheap).
2. I' m very ________ (hungry). But Wang Hong is ________ (hungry) it is.
3. Are the flowers on the right __________ (beautiful) than the ones on the left?
4. This orange is very _________ (big). I think it is ________(big) one in the basket.
5. Does your father get up _________ (early) in your family?
6. Which do you like __________ (well) , apples or pears?
7. The second truck is carrying _________ (few) than the first one. The third one is carrying _________ (few) of all.
8. Her mother says tha t it must be much __________ (delicious).
9. Li Ping is _________ (tall) in his class.
七、句型变换:
1. We shall cook some chicken for supper. (划线提问)
2. We' ll wait for you outside the school gate. (同上)
3. It' ll be sunny tomorrow. (同上)
4. In England , the most popular food is fish and chips. (同上)
5. The Kings are going to have real Chinese food tomorrow evening.
(同上)
6. You can be here at seven o' clock. (改为反意问句)
7. He went to the zoo with his friend. (同上)
8. There was a call for him. (同上)
9. My brother doesn' t like beef. (同上)
10. Fish and chips are dilicious. (改为感叹句)
八、用所给动词的正确形式填空:
1. Li Lei ____________ (not do) his homework yesterday evening. He ___________ (write) a latter to his father.
2. It _________ (rain) heavily now. But the radio says it _______ (be) sunny tomorrow.
3. Listen! A lot of sutdents _________ (sing) in the next classroom.
4. Everything __________ (begin) to grow when spring comes.
5. His home __________ (not be) far from here. It' ll take only ten minutes ________ (walk) there.
6. Sorry , I can' t _________ (go) with you this afternoon. I have a lot of work _________ (do).
7. I usually _________ (go) to school by bus. But she usually ______ (go) to school on foot.
8. Thanks a lot for _________ (ask) me to your English party.
9. He _________ (study) in the south ten years ago.
10. The radio _________ (say) the wind _________ (stop) later on.
九、选择正确译文:
( )1. 只要花十分钟就能走到警察局。
A. It takes only ten minutes to walk to the police station.
B. It only takes ten minutes walking to the police station.
C. Ten minutes will be enough walking to the police station.
( )2. 我想明天天气不会好转。
A. I think it won' t be better tomorrow.
B. I think it will be better tomorrow.
C. I don' t think it will be better tomorrow.
( )3. 他最喜欢西红柿。
A. He likes tomatoes better.
B. He likes tomatoes best of all.
C. He is like tomatoes best of all.
( )4. 请到我家吃晚饭吧!
A. Please you come to my house to have supper.
B. Come to my house have supper , please.
C. Please come to my house for supper.
( )5. 今晚我校将放映一部英语影片。
A. There will be a English film in our school this evening.
B. There is going to be an English film in our school tonight.
C. There is going to have an English film this evening.
( )6. 老师要我们去打扫教室。
A. The teacher asked us to clean the classroom.
B. The teacher asked we to cleaned the classroom.
C. The teacher asked us cleaned the classroom.
初二英语单元测试(Unit 15—Unit 17)
听力部分（20分）
1. 听句子, 选择你所听到的单词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. thick B. sits C. its D. six
( )2. A. street B. free C. tree D. three
( )3. A. monkeys B. Monday C. month D. mouth
( )4. A. way B. why C. write D. right
( )5. A. sing B. think C. thing D. ring
2. 听对话, 选择正确的答案回答问题: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. It' s Monday. B. It' s Sunday.
C. It' s February. D. It' s six fifteen
( )2. A. I went to have breakfast. B. I went to school.
C. I went to the park. D. I went boating.
( )3. A. Lily feels full. B. Lily feels hungry.
C. Lily feels fine. D. Lily feels well.
( )4. A.They are talking about the time.
B. They are talking about their classroom.
C. They are talking about the weather.
D. They are talking about their shoes.
( )5. A. He is picking apples. B. He is playing a game.
C. He is holding a ladder.
D. He is looking for his friend.
3. 听录音, 选择下原句意思相似的句子: (每小题念两遍)
( )1. A. They bought many books yesterday.
B. They bought a lot of oranges yesterday.
C. Jim bought many apples yesterday.
D. Jim' s sister bought a lot of oranges yesterday.
( )2. A.We helped the farmers to pick oranges last Sunday.
B. We helped the farmers pick apples last Sunday.
C. They helped the farmers to pick oranges last Tuesday.
D. They helped the farmers pick apples last Tuesday.
( )3. A. Li Ping likes spring. B. Li Ping likes autumn.
C. Lucy likes spring. D. Lucy likes autumn.
( )4. A. It' s so warm in the room.
Why don' t you take off your coat?
B. It' s so warm in the room.
Why don' t you take off your sweater?
C. It' s so old in the room.
Why n ot put on your coat?
D. It' s so cold in the room.
Why not put on your sweater?
( )5. A. Bruce is at home. B. Bruce is away.
C. Bruce is at the shop. D. Bruce is at the cinema
四. 听录音, 选出你所听到的电话号码: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. 322148 B. 311482 C. 311248 D. 311284
( )2. A. 996656 B. 669965 C. 696965 D. 969656
( )3. A. 886152 B. 886652 C. 881652 D. 888152
五. 听录音, 选出该词的反义词: (每小题念一遍)
( )1. A. heavy B. early C. day D. full
( )2. A. small B. open C. long D. outside
( )3. A. young B. night C. down D. closed
六. 听对话, 填表格: (对话念两遍)
笔试部分（80分）
一、找出下列各组中单词划线部分发音不同的单词：8%
( )1. A. message B. paper C. village D. passage
( )2. A. warm B. party C. harvest D. park
( )3. A. season B. speak C. read D. weather
( )4. A. snow B. down C. grow D. window
( )5. A. weather B. birthday C. fourth D. throw
( )6. A. enjoyed B. laughed C. cleaned D. carried
( )7. A. wet B. vegetable C. December D. men
( )8. A. country B. blouse C. flower D. trousers 二、A、根据句意，填入适当的词：6%
1. Which colour do you like ________, red , yellow or blue?
2. ________ the weather like today? It' s hot.
3. I' m sorry I was out when you _______. My mother answered the telephone.
4. Friday comes ________ Thursday.
5. ________ beautiful pictures they are!
6. Lucy is different ________ her father.
B、汉译英：10%
1. They' re ________ the ________. (在看电影)
2. I' m afraid they are not _______ _______ to pick the apples. (足够多的人)
3. The farmers _______ _______ with the apple harvest. (在…方面需要帮助)
4. We have _______ _______ every day. (明媚的阳光)
5. Spring in England can last from _______ _______. (三月下旬)
三、选择题：16%
( )1. Could I ____ Jim , please ?
A. say B. speak C. speak to D. tell
( )2. There was a telephone call ____ you.
A. on B. in C. for D. of
( )3. I ____ on a piece of paper.
A. write down it B. writed down it
C. wrote it down D. wrote down it
( )5. I must get ready ____ the meeting now.
A. for B. of C. at D. in
( )6. The Greens ____ a good time in the park last Sunday.
A. have B. had C. has D. were
( )7. Green is a policeman , ____?
A. is he B. isn' t he C. isn' t Green D. is not he
( )8. There are not ____ English books in our library (图书馆).
A. a lot of B. lots of C. much D. many
( )9. —____ part of England does your teacher come from?
—London.
A. What B. Where C. That D. Which
( )10. —Who called me this morning?
—____ was your mother.
A. That B. This C. She D. It
( )11. They ____ in the river in summer.
A. enjoy to swim B. enjoy swimming
C. enjoyed to swim D. enjoyed swimming
( )12. —Who is ____? —This is Mary speaking.
A. this B. you C. that D. he
( )13. In our village it is ____ hot in July.
A. very much B. much too C. too much D. many too
( )14. Sorry , I ____ you about it.
A. forget to tell B. forget telling
C. forgot to tell D. forgot telling
( )15. The best time __ to come to China is in spring or in autumn.
A. come B. came C. coming D. to come
( )16. She rings up his father ____ the telephone.
A. in B. at C. on D. to
四、句型转换：8%
1. She did the work yesterday afternoon. (改为一般疑问句)
_______ she _______ the work yesterday afternoon ?
2. Jim and his friends went to help the furmers. (划线提问)
_______ _______ Jim and his friend _______ to help ?
3. Jim is from England. (同上) _______ is Jim from?
4. He was ill yesterday so he didn' t go to school. (同上)
_______ _______ he go to school ?
5. There' s a lot of snow today. (同义句替代)
It' s _______ _______.
6. The rain was very heavy last night. (同上)
It _______ _______ last night.
7. What a delicious cake ! (同上) _______ _______ the cake is !
8. Summer lasts three months in the USA. (同2)
_______ _______ does summer last in the USA.
五、介词填空：12%
1. It' s not very good ______ the moment.
2. Jim , you must look ______ your brother. He' s young.
3. —Thank you ______ telling me the news. —Not ______ all.
4. The weather is very cold ______ winter.
5. It' s very cold ______ this time ______ year ______ America.
6. Autumn last ______ August ______ October in China.
7. She was born ______ Marth 4th , 1987.
8. In much ______ Chian , spring is very short.
六、改错：5%
( )1. He never works in a hospital , doesn' t he ?
A B C D
( )2. It' s cold. You' d better putting on the coat.
A B C D
( )3. The sun shines bright.
A B C D
( )4. Would you like come to my supper.
A B C D
( )5. In autumn the leaves (叶子) turn to brown.
A B C D
七、根据所提供的情景, 选择所给的句子完成下列对话.每句用一次.10%
a. It' s a pleasure. b. Thank you c. The same to you.
d. It doesn' t matter. e. No , thank you. f. Yes , that' s right.
g. What about you? h. Here you are. i. Yes , please.
j. Thank you all the same.
1. —I' m going to Ann' s party. ____?
—I' m afraid. I can' t because I have a lot of work to do.
2. —Happy birthday ! —____.
3. —Happy New Year. —____.
4. —Sorry , I don' t know that. You' d better ask our teacher. —___.
5. —Thanks a lot for giving Lucy the message for me —____.
6. —Would you like some more food? —____. I' m full.
7. —I' m afraid I can' t go to the cinema with you. —____.
8. —Would you like another piece of meat?
—____. Thank you very much.
9. —May I have some fish , please? —Sure! ____.
10. —Our class starts at half past seven , doesn' t it ? —____.
八、阅读理解：5%
Boys or Girls
A lot of boys and girls in western (西方的) countries are wearing the same kinds of clothes , and many of them have long hair , so it' s aften difficult (困难的) to tell wether (是否) they are boys or girls.
One day an old man went for a walk in the park in Washington (华盛顿) , and when he was tired (疲劳), he sat down on a chair by a lake. A young person (人) was standing on the other side of the lake.
“Oh,”the old man said to the person sitting next to him on the chair.“Do you see that person with the pants (宽裤) and long hair ? Is it a boy or a girl ?”
“A girl ,”said his neighbour.“She' s my daughter.”
“Oh ,”the old man said quickly.“Please forgive me. I didn' t know that you were her mother.”“I' m not ”said the other person.“I' m her father.”
( )1. What did the man see on the other side of the lake?
A. A girl B. A boy C. A young person D. A man
( )2. Is it a boy or a girl ?“it”in this sentence means ____.
A. he B. she C. that person D. the lake
( )3. The meaning of“forgive”is ____.
A. 忘记 B. 责备 C. 放弃 D. 原谅
( )4. The old man thought his neighbour (邻居) was ____.
A. a woman B. a man C. a girl D. a boy
( )5. The old man took his neighbour for the girl' s mother because his neighbour ____.
A. wore a skirt B. had a beautiful face
C. had long hair D. was shy
初二英语抽考试卷
一、找出划线部分读音不同的单词：10%
( )1. A. w or k B. w or se C. doct or D. w or ld
( )2. A. pre s ent B. s trong C. i s D. the s e
( )3. A. t al k B. t a ll C. al ways D. c a ll
( )4. A. nor th B. sou th C. bir th day D. wea th er
( )5. A. help ed B. answer ed C. listen ed D. stay ed
二、词汇：10%
(一)根据句子意思，用适当的词填空：5%
1. Please call me tomorrow. My _________ number is .
2. Last week my father bought a new watch as my birthday ________.
3. It is very hot in summer. It' s ________ to wear cool clothes.
4. The temperature will ________ above zero in the day-time.
5. In autumn the days get shorter and the nights get ________.
(二)根据括号内汉语意思，完成下列句子：5%
1. Will you _______ _______ (等候) me at the bus stop?
2. Spring in England can last from _______ _______(三月底) to May.
3. It is cold today , but it is going to be warmer _______ _______(过后).
4. _______ _______(天气预报) for the next twenty-four hours.
5. The flowers start to _______ _______ (开花) in spring.
三、选择题：30%
( )1. What would you like _____ now?
A. play B. playing C. to play D. for playing
( )2. There ____ an English party this Saturday.
A. is going to have B. is going to be
C. are going to have D. are going to be
( )3. Picking apples is _____ hard work.
A. a B. an C. one D. /
( )4. Your sister went to the park last week , _____?
A. wasn' t she B. did she
C. didn' t she D. does she
( )5. They visited our school and we visited _____.
A. them B. they C. their D. theirs
( )6. Who called me this morning? _____ was your mother.
A. That B. This C. She D. It
( )7.“She isn' t a student , is she?” “_____. She is a teacher.”
A. Yes , she isn' t. B. No , she is.
C. Yes , she is. D. No , she isn' t.
( )8. What a _____ wind! It' s blowing _____.
A. strong , strongly B. strong , strong
C. strongly , strong D. strongly , strongly
( )9. Usually in winter there' s _____ ice in the north.
A. little B. many C. too much D. much too
( )10. In _____ of China , spring is usually very short.
A. much B. many C. few D. little
( )11. Can you see _____ moon in _____ day time?
A. the , the B. the , a C. a , the D. a , /
( )12. Who has _____ dumplings , Li Lei or Zhao Hua?
A. the fewest B. fewer C. less D. many
( )13. —Why did you come here so late?
—Sorry. I _____ the bus.
A. missed B. caught C. took D. got on
( )14. Tai Wan is _____ the east of China.
A. at B. in C. on D. to
( )15. Father and I often get up at six. So _____ my motheer.
A. is B. gets C. does D. did
( )16. Will you make me a plane ? _____.
A. I' m glad B. I' ll be glad
C. I' m going to be glad D. I' ll be glad to
( )17. Excuse me , may I ask you a question? Yes. _____.
A. You ask B. Anything else
C. What is wrong D. What is it
( )18. May I borrow your ruler? _____.
A. Never mind B. Yes , here it to you
C. Yes , it is here D. Yes , here you are
( )19. I think you are a good student . _____
A. No , I' m not. B. It' s very kind of you to say so
C. No , I don' t think so D. That' s all right
( )20. How did you go to the zoo? _____
A. I liked it B. I had a present
C. By bike D. Many people were there
四、按括号内的要求改写句子，每格一个单词：10%
1. There was a lot of sunshine yesterday. (同义转换)
It was _______ _______ yesterday.
2. There is a book on the desk. (改为复数)
There are a _______ _______ on the desk.
3. Kate read the book. (变反意疑问句)
Kate read the book , ________ _______?
4. The dumplings are delicious. (改为感叹句)
_______ _______ the dumplings are.
5. The students worked very hard on the farm. (划线提问)
_______ ______ the students work on the farm?
五、口语运用：10%
( )1. ①And what' s the date today?
②Excuse me. What day is it today?
③It' s June 1st. ④It' s Saturday.
⑤Oh , it' s Children' s Day. I' ll take my son to the park.
A. ②③①④⑤ B. ①③②④⑤ C. ①③⑤②④ D. ②④①③⑤
( )2. ①How do you know? ②Yes , it' s bad now.
③No , it won' t. I think it' ll get better soon.
④Will it last long? ⑤What bad weather! I don' t like the rain.
A. ④③⑤②① B. ⑤②④③① C. ⑤④②③① D. ①②④③⑤
( )3. ①Could you see any good apples on the tree?
②Yes. Don' t worry.
③Yes. Behind you! Can you reach them?
④Are you holding the ladder , Bill?
⑤Oh , I can see them. But I can' t reach them.
A. ④⑤②①③ B. ①②③④⑤ C. ①③⑤②④ D. ④②①③⑤
( )4. ①Hello! This is Tom speaking. Can I speak to Bill?
②Well. Could you ask him to call me back?
③Sure. ④See you later. ⑤I' m afraid he' s out.
A. ①②③④⑤ B. ①②⑤④③ C. ④②⑤①③ D. ①⑤②③④
( )5. ①Can I take a bus?
②Go down this street , and take the second turning on the left.
③Excuse me , which is the way to Putian Hospital?
④Of course. You can take the No. 2 bus.
⑤Thanks a lot.
A. ④⑤③②① B. ③②①④⑤ C. ①③②④⑤ D. ③②④①⑤
六、从下列七个单词中选择5个，并用适当的形式填空：10%
clean , fall , do , close , say , be , have
Good morning , boys and girls. I have something to tell you. This morning we ________ four classes. This afternoon , we are going to do some ________ after school. The radio ________ it will be windy at night , so don' t forget ________ the doors and windows. The temperature _______ below zero tomorrow morning. Please remember to put on more warm clothes.
七、根据图画内容，在下列短文的空格内填入适当的单词，使短文完整、正确、通顺（每个空格限填一个单词）。10%
It is _______ the first today.
Li Ming doesn' t go to school.
His _______ don' t need to go to
work , either. What are they doing
now ? Look! Li Ming' s father is
_______ a _______. His mother
is _______ some _______, and Li
Ming himself is ________ to the ________. He wants to know the weather in the afternoon. He' s going to play _______ if it is _______.
八、完形填空：10%
Some people have very good memories (记忆力) and can easily learn quite long poems (诗歌) by heart. Other people have 1___ memories and can only 2___ things when they have said them 3___ and over again.
A good 4___ is a great help in 5___ a language (语言). Everybody learns 6___ own language 7___ remembering what he hears 8___ he is a small child. Some children , like those who live abroad (国外) with their parents , seem to learn two languages as 9___ as they do one. In school it is not so easy for pupils to learn a second language because they have very 10___ time for it.
Memory is like a diary that we keep every day.
( )1. A. ill B. poor C. badly D. rich
( )2. A. remember B. find C. forget D. know
( )3. A. for B. twice C. over D. once
( )4. A. student B. child C. teacher D. memory
( )5. A. learning B. knowing C. doing D. having
( )6. A. their B. his C. my D. your
( )7. A. from B. about C. of D. by
( )8. A. since B. if C. when D. before
( )9. A. carefully B. easily C. early D. slowly
( )10. A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
九、阅读理解: 20%
A
In England , people often talk about the weather because they can experience (经历) four seasons in one day. In the morning the weather is warm just like in spring. An hour later black clouds come and then it rains hard. The weather gets a little cold. In the late afternoon the sky will be sunny , the sun will begin to shine , and it will be summer at this time of a day.
In England , people can also have summer in winter , or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes , and in summer sometimes they should take warm clothes.
When you go to England , you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella (伞) or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning , but you should not laugh at them.
If you don' t take an umbrella or a raincoat , you will regret (后悔) later in the day.
( )1. Why do people in England often talk about the weather?
A. Because they may have four seasons in one day.
B. Because they often have very good weather.
C. Because the weather is warm just like in spring.
D. Because the sky is sunny all day.
( )2. From the story we know that _____ come and then there is a heavy rain.
A. sunshine and snow B. black clouds
C. summer and winter D. spring and autumn
( )3.“Peple can also have summer in winter.”means “I is sometimes too _____ in winnter.”
A. warm B. cool C. cold D. rainy
( )4. In the sunny morning some English people usually take a raincoat or an umbrella with them because _____.
A. their friends ask them to do so
B. it often rains in England
C. they are going to sell them
D. they are their favourite things
( )5. The best title (标题) for this passae is _____.
A. Bad seasons B. Summer or Winter
C. The Weather in England D. Strange English People
B
What a fine day! The sun is shining and everything looks bright. Can you feel the heat (热) when you stand in the sun? The sun gives the heat from very far away. It is hard to believe that the sun is about one hundred and fifty million kilometres away. The sun looks small because it is so far from us , but its really very huge.
The earth moves round the sun. It takes one year for the earth to go around the sun. And at the same time the earth itself is spinning (自转) around once evern twenty-four hours.
The sun gives us light. It keeps us warm. It makes things grow. Plants , animals and people need the sun. We can not live without it.
( )1. The sun looks small because its _____.
A. about one hundred and fifty million metres away from us
B. very far away from the earth
C. not very huge D. next to us
( )2. The earth goes round the sun _____.
A. twice a year B. twlve times a yeaar
C. once a year D. four times a year
( )3. It takes the earth _____ hours to spin around twice.
A. twice B. twenty0-four C. thirty-six D. forty-eight
( )4. The sun gives us _____.
A. heat and light B. light
C. heat D. bright twelve hours
( )5. The sun makes _____ grow.
A. plants B. animals
C. people D. plants , animals and people
初二英语练习卷
一、找出划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词：5%
( )1. A. photo s B. bag s C. make s D. ha s
( )2. A. need ed B. play ed C. turn ed D. carri ed
( )3. A. san d wich B. d esk C. d ry D. stu d ent
( )4. A. al ways B. al so C. s al t D. b al l
( )5. A. ph o to B. t o night C. t o mato D. p o tato
二、根据句意填入适当的词：10%
1. Could ylu ________ the telephone.
2. But there were not ________ people to pick them.
3. Evering begins to ________ in spring.
4. It' s very ________ from Australia at this time of year.
5. Summer ________ ________ spring.
6. It' s going to be warmer ________ on.
7. We have ________ sunshine every day!
8. I can wear it ________ my new hat.
9. ________ of North and South China will have a cold wet day.
三、选择填空：15%
( )1. Your sister went to the park last week , _____?
A. wasn' t she B. did she C. didn' t she D. does she
( )2. —What are you doing?
—I' m _____ the child , He should be back for lunch now.
A. looking B. looking up
C. looking for D. looking after
( )3. There' s _____ ice in the north.
A. few B. many C. too much D. much too
( )4. It' s raining very __ now. Would you like to close the window?
A. heavy B. heavier C. heaviest D. heavily
( )5. _____ nice weather it is!
A. what a B. How a C. What D. How
( )6. Don' t forget _____ tell him.
A. on B. at C. for D. to
( )7. She is in Class One. So _____.
A. am I B. I am C. is she D. is it
( )8. There isn' t _____ milk in the bottle.
A. some B. any C. no D. little
( )9. I' m glad to meet you here. _____.
A. It' s you B. The same to you C. Me too D. All same
( )10. It' ll _____ 10 minutes to do the work.
A. spend B. takes C. take D. cost
( )11. The cloud is _____. The sun is coming out.
A. falling B. lifting C. lefting D. backing
( )12. Weather report _____ the next twenty-four hours.
A. for B. in C. of D. about
( )13. Please _____ the TV.
A. turn on B. drne C. open D. turns on
( )14. The radio _____ the snow will stop later.
A. says B. tells C. speaks D. say
( )15. I was born _____ July 1st , 1975.
A. in B. on C. at D. by
四、句型转换：16%
1. These apples are red. (改为反意问句)
These apples are red , __________?
2. I got up at six this morning. He got up at six , too. (同义转换)
So _______ _______.
3. His bike is nice. (改为感叹句)
_______ _______ the watch is!
_______ _______ _______ watch it is!
4. Shall we go out for a walk?
_______ _______ going out for a walk?
5. I have much work to do.
I have _______ _______ _______ work to do.
6. It' s February 28th today. (划线提问)
_______ _______ _______ today?
五、看图填空：10%
1. A: What' s the _______ _______?
B: It' s _______.
2. A: Which _______ do you like best.
_______, _______, _______, or _______?
B: I think I like _______ best.
A: Why?
B: Well , I like _______ in the river.
六、用所给动词的适当形式填空：14%
1. I like _______ (read) books. Now I would like _______ (speak) to my friend.
2. There _______ (be) some birds in the tree. When we looked up.
3. The ice is so thin. You' d better ____________ (not play) on it.
4. Can pick __________ (speak) a little chinese now ?
5. Look , the wind __________ (blow) strongly.
6. Two hnours ago. Bruce _______ (come) here. _______ (ask) you to his party. He ________ (want) you _______ (ring) him.
7. The rain _______ (be) very heavy lart night.
8. Let him _______ (go) to see the film with us.
9. He _______ (spend) much of his time on English.
10. It' s winter now. It' s _______ (get) colder and colder.
七、完型填空：12%
Mr Jones and Mr Brown worked in the same 1___. One day Mr Jones 2___ to Mr Brown ,“We are going to 3___ a small party at our house 4___ Wednesday evening. Will you and your wife come?”
Mr Brwon said ,“Thank you very much. That is very kind of you. We are 5___ that evening. I think , but I will telephone my wife and ask her. Perhaps she wants to go some-where that 6___.”So Mr Brown went to 7___ room and telephone. When he came back. he looked very surprised (惊讶).“What' s the matter?”said Mr Jones,“Did you 8___ to your wife?”
“No,”answered Mr Brown,“she wasn' t there. my son answered the 9___. I said to him , ‘Is your mother there David?’and he answered,‘No , she is not in the house.’10___ is she then?‘she is some where outside’11___ is she doing?‘she 12___me!’”
( )1. A. room B. office C. desh D. bus
( )2. A. said B. told C. spoke D. talked
( )3. A. get B. take C. make D. have
( )4. A. next B. last C. in D. at
( )5. A. busy B. clever C. free D. happy
( )6. A. morning B. ofternoon C. evening D. season
( )7. A. other B. the other C. my D. their
( )8. A. say B. tell C. talk D. speak
( )9. A. phone B. question C. letter D. words
( )10. A. When B. Why C. Where D. What
( )11. A. When B. What C. Where D. Why
( )12. A. looked for C. looks for
C. is going to look for D. is looking for
八、根据短文，填入所缺单词：10%
Tomorrow North China will be _______. But the cloud will lift tomorrow evening. There will be a north ________. The ________ will be 4 to 15℃ In Xingjiang there will be a strong wind. There will be a heavy _______ tomorrow night. The temperture will _______ below zero. But the snow will not last long.
To the south of the Yellow Kiver _______ will be a north west wrnd. It will be cloudy , too.
South china will be _______ , but the rain will _______ later on. The sun will _______ our. The temperature will be _______ 25℃.
九、阅读理解：
The Importance (重要性) of the sun
What a fine day! The sun is shining and everything looks bright. Can you feel the heat when you stand in the sun? The sun gives the heat from very far away. It' s hard to beliele. that the sun is about one hundred and fifty million kilometres away. The sun looks small because it is so far from us. but it' s really very huge.
The earth wicles the sun. It takes one year for the earth to go wround the sun. And at the same time the earth itself is spinning (转) around once every twenty-four hours.
The sun gives us light. It keeps us warm. It makes things grow. Plants animals and people need the sun. We can' t live without the sun.
判断正误，正确用“T”，错误用“F”：
( )1. On a fine day everything is bright because the sun is shining.
( )2. The sun gives us heat and light.
( )3. It' s about 150 , 000 , 000 kilometres from the earth to the sun.
( )4. In fact the sun isn' t very big because it' s too far away from us.
( )5. It takes the earth 24 hours to go around the sun.
( )6. We can' t live without the sun because all the living things on the earth depend on the sun.
第二十三单元作业设计
一、找出下列每组单词划线部分发音与所给单词划线部分读音相同的一个单词：
( ) 1. visit or A. n or th B. a r ou nd C. h u rt D. p or ridge
( ) 2. any th ing A. bro th er B. th an C. wi th D. bir th day
( ) 3. c ou ntry A. h u sband B. ar on nd C. t ow n D. s ou th
( ) 4. J u ne A. q u eue B. st u dent C. n oo dle D. u sually
( ) 5. cr o ss A. st o p B. als o C. wr o te D. ph o ne
( ) 6. underst oo d A. f oo d B. c oo k C. sch oo l D. z oo
( ) 7. h i t A. l i ne B. i nteresting C. ton i ght D.n i nth
( ) 8. c are A. h air B. are C. f ar D. ear
( ) 9. m o st A. c o me B. sn ow C. forg ot D. ab o ve
( ) 10. w a ter A. a nything B. w a tch C. wh a t D. f a ll
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式。
1. easily (形容词)___________ 2. think (过去式)_____________
3. understand(过去式)___________ 4. care (副词)____________
5. please (形容词)__________ 6. hurt (过去式)___________
7. twelve (序数词)_________ 8. interesting (名词)___________
9. teach (过去式)__________ 10. near (副词)______________
三、汉译英：
1. 过马路：___________________ 2. 排队：___________________
3. 等某人做某事：________________________
4. 等着轮到你：__________________ 5. 嘲笑：________________
6. 在访问某处：__________________
7. 排在队头：________________________
8. 为上学做准备__________________________
9. 在路上玩耍：_________________________
10. 从乡下来：___________________
四、选择填空：
( ) 1. The old woman wene to London _____ her daughter.
A. visit B. to visit C. visited D. visiting
( ) 2. She ____ the boy was a queue jumper.
A. hoped B. talked C. thought D. spoke
( ) 3. If you are ill, you ____see the doctor.
A. must B. would C. can't D. go
( ) 4. I don't feel very well today. My head ______ badly.
A. hurts B. is C. was D. hurt
( ) 5. If he ______get up early tomorrow, he'll be late.
A. doesn't B. won't C. isn't D. don't
( ) 6. You mustn't play _____football in the street.
A. an B. a C. the D. /
( ) 7. If you look___ befor you cross the road , you will be safe.
A. care B. careful C. carefully D. more careful
( ) 8. I am very ____ to see your friend.
A. happil B. please C. pleased D. be pleased
( ) 9. Are you going to ______ a visit to New York?
A. on B. take C. be D. pay
( ) 10. Does your father like bo live_____?
A. in city B. in the country C. in country D. at the country
( ) 11. It is wrong of you to laugh _____ people.
A. at others B. in other C. at other D. in another
( ) 12. Mum, I am not feeling very _____ today.
A. well B. good C. happily D. better
( ) 13. Did the teacher say _____ about this book?
A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing
( ) 14. The students are waiting for the teacher____.
A. comes B. come C. coming D. to come
( ) 15. Don't play on the road. a car may _____ you.
A. hits B. hitting C. hit D. to hit
( ) 16. Take_____. It's too _____to cross.
A. care …danger B. careful …dauger
C. carefully …dangerous D. care …dangerous
( ) 17. She is ______ to go shopping with us.
A. to busy B. so busy C. very busy D. too busy
( ) 18. China is one of ____ in the world.
A. the biggest country B. the biggest countries
C. bigger country D. biggest countries
( ) 19. Liu Mei helped the old woman to find the hospital ____.
A. at the last B. in the last C. at last D. in last
( ) 20. The pen ____ in your pencil-box.
A. maybe B. may be C. mustn't D. may is
( ) 21. "I must go. Bye. " "Bye! It was nice _____to you."
A. to talking B. to talk C. talking D. talks
五、介词填空：
1. Please write your telephone number and address ____this piece of paper.
2. Can you tell me the way ____ the bus station?
3. He will go to Beijing ____ the end of this month.
4. ____the way, what's your name?
5. He met a friend of his ____his way to bhe garden.
6. Jim is ____a visit to Beijing.
7. Can you show me a hotel nearest ____ the station?
8. He comes to visit me ____times.
9. ____the head of the queue was a young girl.
10. They are standing ____line.
六、用所给连词合并下列各句:
1. The traffic must stop. The lights are red. (when)
2. You are hungry. You must get something to eat. (when)
3. You don't know. You can ask your teacher.(if)
4. It will be fine tomorrow. We shall go shopping.(if)
5. I won't get up early in the morning. I'll be late for school. (if)
6. She thought hard. She began to write. (before)
7. I wash my face and have breakfast. I get up. (after)
8. Liu Mei was late for film. She took the old woman to the
hospital. (because)
七、句型变换：
1. In England they call this line a quere. (划线提问)
2. She wanted to see the doctor because her back hurt. (划线提问)
3. I'd like to take the one in the right. (划线提问)
4. I think he is waiting for you now. (划线提问)
5. You can cross the road when the lights are red. (划线提问)
6. You had better go swomming with your friends. (改为否定句)
7. She felt worried. (改为否定句)
8. The garden looks very beautiful. (改为感叹句)
八、用所给动词的适当形式填空：
do, wait, let, finish, have, catch, be, go, hurt, cross
1. There ________(may) sombody waiting for her outside the door.
2. If I have more tickets, I_________you have one.
3. I didn't know the answer, so I______to go and adk the teahcher.
4. On Sundays, we usually _____some jwashing and cleaning.
5. Her back _____, so she went to see the doctor yesterday.
6. He will lend you his pencil ad soon as he __________his maths exercises.
7. Look, some girls __________for a bus over there.
8. If you want to get there on time, you'd better_____the earliest bus.
9. _____you _______ fishing yesterday afternoon?
10. It is very dangerous ________ the street now.
九、改病句：
( )1. _____ You can find many people in the doctor waiting room.
A B C D
( )2. _____ You may not go swimming in the deep water.
A B C
It is very dangerors.
D
( )3. _______ You must never 'jump the quere'. You must stand
A B
in line and wait your turn.
C D
( )4. _______ I'm not going to say something at the meeting.
A B C D
( )5. _______ Mother came last night and took me soem bread.
A B C D
( )6. _______ How many classes did he has yesterday afternoon?
A B C D
( )7. _______ Who is the man sitting nearest at the door?
A B C D
( )8. _______ Her address maybe in one of your pockets.
A B C D
( )9. _______ A Indian came intothe waithing room, and walked
A B
quickly to the doctor's door.
C D
( )10. _______ what a fine weather we have today!
A B C D
十、用情态动词完成下列对话：
1. A: _______I finish my homework now?
B: No, you ________. You ________do it tomorrow.
2. A: This pencil is very short,_______you still use it?
B: No, I_____. You ______buy one for me.
3. A: ______I go out and play basketball, Mum?
B:No, you _______finish your homework first.
4. A: _________ I play foothall in the street?
B: No, you _______.
第二十四单元作业设计
一、找出下列每组单词划线部分发音与所给单词划线部分读音相同的一个单词：
( ) 1. t i dy A. t i ger B. afr ai d C.an i mal D. Apr i l
( ) 2. pr o blem A. radi o B. ar ou nd C. cr o ss D. seas o n
( ) 3. inst ea d A. gr ea t B. sp ea k C. t ea ch D. h ea lthy
( ) 4. r ou nd A. w ou ld B. b ou ght C. c ou nt D. c ou ntry
( ) 5. visit ed A. tir ed B. land ed C. play ed D. laugh ed
( ) 6. b a by A. f a t B. a nything C. m a tter D. mist a ke
( ) 7. w a shing A. w a ter B. husb a nd C. undrst a nd D. w a nt
( ) 8. tid y A. sk y B. y es C. bus y D. cr y
( ) 9. gard en A. larg e B. probl e m C. r e st D. pock e t
( ) 10. u s ually A. mi s take B. hu s band C. plea s ure D. me ss age
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式:
1. tidy (比较级 )_________ 2. baby ( 复数)_________
3. fat (反义词)___________ 4. wash (第三人称单数)___________
5. cry (现在分词)_________ 6. tidy (过去式)__________
7. little(最高级)_________ 8. thin(最高级)______________
9. round (同义词)_______ 10. tired (比较级)________________
三、汉译英：
1. 整理房间:__________________ 2. 帮助某人做某事:__________
3. 呆在家里:__________________
4. 每五分钟:_________________
5. 保持房间的整洁:____________________
6. 没问题:_________________
7.帮忙洗衣服:___________________________
8. 仔细检查某人:_________________
9. 感到疲劳:_______________
10. 多参加运动:____________________
四、选择填空：
( ) 1. I sometines play ___ football after schooll.
A. / B. a C. an D. the
( ) 2. It took him more than a year _____ to draw a beautiful horse in five minutes.
A. learning B. learned C. to learn D. to learning
( ) 3. After carrying water I felt________.
A. tried B. tired C. good D. tiring
( ) 4. I have to wash _______ clothes after school.
A. every B. each C. all the D. the all
( ) 5. The doctor looked ______ my mother very carefully.
A. to B. of C. at D. over
( ) 6. We must keep our classroom______.
A. dirty B. clean and tidy C. cleanly D. easily
( ) 7. What do you do ____the house when you are at home?
A. round B. at C. over D. on
( ) 8. It's very kind of you to help me ____my English.
A. learning B. with C. to D. on
( ) 9. ____to catch the easrly bus?
A. Have you B. Do you have
C. Does he has D. Did you had
( ) 10. Can you give me the answer ____ this question?
A. of B. on C. at D. to
( ) 11. I ____my pen everywhere but I didn't ____it.
A. looked after …find B.looked for …find
C. foundl …look after D. foun…look for
( ) 12. ____you tell me where our teacher is?
A. Can B. May C. Must D. Have to
( ) 13. At last the doctor said, "There's nothing ____you."
A. ill about B. bad with
C. wrong to D. wrong with
( ) 14. Do you know how much meat ____in the fridge?
A. are there B. there are
C. is there D. there is
( ) 15. He ____ to bed until he finis hes his homework.
A. goes B. won't go C. didn't go D. isn't go
( ) 16. If you do that, you'll soon feel_______.
A. much healthier B. much healthy
C. enough healthy D. more healthier
( ) 17. You had better ______the food ______.
A. work …good B. made …hot
C. to get …cold D. keep … hot
( ) 18. There are _____days in a month than there are in a year.
A. many B. more C. fewer D. less
( ) 19. You may ______go to see the doctor.
A. must B. had to C. has to D. have to
( ) 20. She goes to see her aunt_____.
A. every three day B. each three day
C. every three days D. three every days
五、将下列各句改为否写句、疑问句，并作肯定、否定回答：
1. He has to go to school early today.
2. she has to help with the washing.
3. You have to tidy the garden every three days.
4. They had to help the farmers with the apple harvest.
5. We had to climb up the trees with ladders.
6. I have to look after the baby.
六、句型变换：
1. I have to sit down and rest every five minutes.
2. He had to find out the answer.
3. I mean you eat too much food.
4. They talked and laughed happily.
5. The students are all working very hard.(改为感叹句)
6. Don't answer the question. You think it over. (用before 联成一句)
7. You are free. You had better go with us.(用if 联成一句)
8. She had to stay at home. She was ill.(用because 联成一句)
9. The baby went to sleep. His mother came back.(用after联成一句)
10. I come to school early. He comes to school very early.
(用比较级联成一句)
七、用情态动词can, may, must, 和can't, mustn't填空
1. _____ I have a look at your photo?
2. ____ your sister play the piano?
Yes. she ____. she is a good player.
3. The baby is sleeping. We________talk so loud.
4. Please write it clearly, I ______see it.
5. My son____ write English now. But he ____speak a little English.
6. You _____study haveder than before.
7. Where is Tom going next week? He _____go to London.
8. When the lights are red, the traffic _____stop.
9. He'll come to help you if he_____.
10. Little Tom ______move this big box.
八、用所给动词的正确形式填空：
1. I finished________(read) the book. You may_______(take) it away.
2. We must ________(listen) to the teacher in class.
3. Look! The bus _____(come). Let's _________(hurry).
4. I'm glad__________(hear) the good news.
5. I had better _____(go) home now.
6. The temperature _________(stay) above zero in the day time tomorow.
7. Do you enjoy________(water) the trees in the garden?
8. When _______(be) you born? I _____(be) born in 1983.
9. _____you_______(have) lunch at school or at home last term?
10. My father usually__________(watch) TV in the evening. But he _______(not watch) TV last night.
九、用所给词的正确形式填空：
1. I _______get up at six in the morning. (usual)
2. Don't climb up the tall tree. It's _________. (danger)
3. He writes _________in his class. (care)
4. He can do the work very_______.(good)
5. Kate is over there. These flowers are ________.(she)
6. Many ________come to our country every year. (visit)
7. He runs ____________than I. (show)
十、阅读理解：
It was evening. Mike had done his homework, but Mary was still sitting at the table.
"What are you doing?" asked Mike.
"Algebra (代收). The answer won't come out." said Mary.
"Let me show you. "
"No, I'll work it out myself."
"I'm going to bed," said Mide angrily. "Here is the answer. Look, I've put it on the table." Mary didn't even turn her head. Mike got into the bed and fell asleep. Mary worked for a long time. She washed her face in the cold water and again sat down at the table. The answer to the problem lay beside her. But Mary didn't want to look at it.
The next day she got an excellent mark (优秀分数) for algebra, and this didn't surprise anyone in her class. But Mike knew very well what 'excellent' had cost her.
( ) 1. Mike had done his lessons in the evening, but Mary______.
A. did B. isn't C. hadn't D. has, too
( ) 2. Algebra was _______for Mary.
A. easy B. difficult C. easily D. difficultly
( ) 3. Mike _____and went to bed.
A. put the algebra book on the table
B. finished watching TV
C. put the answer on the table
D. washed his face in the cold water
( ) 4. At last Mary ______.
A. finished her homework all by herself
B. looked at the answer
C. was tired and went to bed
D. was sitting at the table all the night
初二英语 Unit 22—24
一、语音，选出发音不同与其它三项的选项：5分
( ) 1. A. tired B. hair C. chair D. wear
( ) 2. A. machine B. cheap C. child D. China
( ) 3. A. volleyball B. doctor C. nothing D. problenc
( ) 4. A. some B. this C. sure D. son
( ) 5. A. address B. husband C. around D. cabbage
二、根据句意，填入适当的单词：10分
1. You look ________. Go home and have a rest.
2. Take enaugh _________or you will get fatter and fatter.
3. My mother was _________when she heard the good news.
4. The story is so__________that all of us like it.
5. It is not _______to swim in the river.
6. You must be careful when you ________the road.
7. My mother is a doctor. She works in a big_________.
8. Do you know where Tom lives ?
Sorry. I don't have his___________.
9. She was in the city to _______her daughter.
10. I have to _________the garden. I may come later.
三、选择填空： 20分
( ) 1. They didn't leave ________the rain stopped.
A. until B. if C. what time D. when
( ) 2. One of_____is in English.
A. my books B. my book
C. the book D. the my books
( ) 3. Where are the Americans? They are ____to the clothing] factory.
A. visiting B. in a visit C. on a visit D. visited.
( ) 4. Li Lei has many Chinese____. They are all ___to him.
A. friends, friendly B. friendly, friendly
C. friend, friendly
( ) 5. In front of the car ____some boys.
A. was, B. is C. are D. was.
( ) 6. At two o'clock I saw the teacher____the school.
A. come in B. come into C. come D. came
( ) 7. Will you go swimming this ofternoon?
No, I will go skating_____.
A. instead of swim. B. instead of C.instead
( ) 8. If you want to be thinner, you have to eat _______.
A. much food B. less food
C. more food D. a little food.
( ) 9. We must take enough exercise and keep ourselves___.
A. health B healthily C . healthy
( ) 10. What does your father do ____he is at home.
A. because B. when C. before D. after.
( ) 11. There was no time____.
A. to study B. study C. studied D. studying
( ) 12. Palian is_____the southeast of Sheng Yang.
A. in B. on C. to D. around
( ) 13. Liu mei didn't wait for their______.
A. thank B. thanks C. to thank D. thankful
( ) 14. Mr Li will go to see you before he ___to America.
A. will go B. as C. in D. from
( ) 15. "Would you please help me with my work"? "_____"
A. Without problem. B. No, problem
C. Not problem D. No question.
( ) 16. He is ____of the two.
A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. the taller
( ) 17. Mr brow felt tired
A. S+V B. S+V+o C. S+V+P
( ) 18. "Are they twins" "I think _____".
A. them B. yes C. so D. right
( ) 19. There are___in the word "different " and__in the word
" often"
A. two fs, a f. B. double f, an f
C. two fs, an f D. two fs, an f.
( ) 20. Let the old man ____he was first.
A. to get on B. to get up C. get on D. getting up
四、句型转换： 20分
1. Luay won't wash the clothes, Lily will wash the loches instead.
(同意转换)
Lily will wash the cloches ________ _________ ________.
2. The twins often help me to study my English. (同 1 )
The twins often help me ________ ________ __________.
3. She is so young that she can't go to school.(同 1 )
She is _______ _______ _______ ________ to school.
4. When the rain stopped, he went out (同 1 )
He _______ _______ ________ the rain stopped.
5. I rang him after I got home.(同 1 )
I got home _________I rang him.
6. Turn left at the third crossing. (同 1 )
_________ _______ _________ ________on the left.
7. She has to help her Mommy. (改为否定句)
She _______ have to help her Mommy.
8. The No. 72 bus will take you there.
________bus will take me there?(划线提问)
五、用所给动词的正确时态填空：10分
1. It's far from here. you had better ________(catch) a bus.
2. He ______(hit) his head on the tree yesterday.
3. If he ______(feel) better tomorrow morning, he_______(go) to
school.
4. I wasn't at home. When she ______(come )back.
5. Look, how fast she _________(skate)!
6. Sometimes he _______(study) Japanese on the radio.
7. There _______(be) an apple and two books on the desk.
8. Now he is busy, he ______(come) here later.
9. He _______(not finish) it until last week.
六、看图填单词，第格一词：10分
You are standing at A.
How do you get to No. 4 school Road
Jack:______ ______which's_______
______poad.______No. 4 school?
Policeman:____ ______this road. A
_______ ______at the second turning, _____ ______you'll find it
in front of a shop.
七、完型填空：10分
It's easier to go down hill than to 1 up hill, so it's easier to fall into bad habbits than into good 2 .
Bad habbit's do not come 3 . They come little by little without knowing their danger. School boys 4 pick up litlle bad habbits in school and on the streets, When they 5 write their Lessons, they copy from their school mates. If they see bigger boys smoking, they 6 want to learn to smoke. If they see their friends gambling (赌博) They want to gamble. When they get bigger, the babits 7 stronger and stronger. so that they can no 8 get rid of them. From copying. they learn to steal, from gambling, they learn to chent. At 9 , they become distrusted (不信任) by every. How necessany and important it is that we get rid of the bail habits in the 10 !
( ) 1. A. run B. climb C. come D. fall
( ) 2. A. ones B. habit C. thing D. one
( ) 3. A. slowly B. quick C. suddenly D. by
( ) 4. A. at last B. like to C. want to D. first
( ) 5. A. can B. can't C. often D. will
( ) 6. A. never B. too C. also D. either
( ) 7. A. become B. are C. seem D. look
( ) 8. A. idea B. longer C. time D. way
( ) 9. A. end B. most C. first D. laot
( ) 10. A. way B. place C. begirruing D. school
八、阅读理解：15分
(1) Who's keac Mother?
Once there were two women. They lived in the same house and they each had a baby.One night. one of the babies died. and its mother took the other woman's child and put it in her own bed inrtead. The next moriny they had a quarre (争吵) "No, this is my child, The dead (死的) one is yours,"said the other.
Each one wanted the living (活的) baby, but no one could tell whom the liviny baby belonged (属于) to. so they went to see king solomon. When the king heard their story, he said, "Bring me a knife. Cut (砍, 切) the child into two, and give each woman one half," "That's very fair (公平), oh, wise (聪明的) king!" said the dead child's mother.
"Give her my child. Let it be hers. but don't kill(冻死) the child, oh. king" cried the other woman in tears.(眼泪)
Then king solomon pointed (指着) to the woman in tears, and said,"Give the child to her, for she is its mother."
( ) 1. The two women______.
A. had a baby each. B. had no living babies.
C. had a dead baby each. D. had two babies each.
( ) 2. The two women _______.
A. wanted the living baby B. didn't like the living baby
C. were the living baby's mothers
D. were not the living baby's mother.
( ) 3. When the living baby's mother heard the king's words, she
said to him "_______."
A. Please cut the baby into two
B. Please don't cut it and give it to her.
C. Please give me my child.
D. I don't like a dead baby.
( ) 4. The living baby ____at lart.
A. went back to its mother.
B. went to the dead baby's mother.
C. was cut (被砍) into two. D. lived with King.
( ) 5. From the story we can see King solomon was vevy____.
A. clever B. bad C. foolish D. cruol(残酷)
"Rain, No Game"
One day, a teacher came into his classroom and said to his students,," Today I want each of you to write a compositcon (作文) about yesterday's football match. I'm going to take your compositions home with me, Now please start."
The students all took out their pens and exercise-books and began to write. They all put their hearts (心) into it. A few seconds later, Tom, one of the boys, put up his hand. The teacher was very surprised and asked," What is it, Tom?" "I've finished, sir, said the boy."
"Well, hand me your work, " the teacher said, The boy went to the teacher and gave him the exercise-book. The teacher opened it and read, "Rain no game!"
( ) 1. Which of the following is true?
A. It rained yesterday, so there was no game.
B. The teacher went to watch the game yesterday.
C. The teacher knew the game very well.
D. Tom went to watch the game yesterday.
( ) 2. "They all put their hearts into it" means "____".
A. The students all took their pens.
B. The students began to write their composition very
carefully.
C. The students put their hearts in the exercise-books.
D. The compositions were in their hearts.
( ) 3. Who put up his hand? ______
A. No one. B. Everyone. C. The teacher D. Tom
( ) 4. "Well, hand me your work " means "____"
A. Help me with my work. B. Put your work here.
C. Show me your composition
D. Give me your exercise-book
( ) 5. The story shows that Tom was _____.
A. Lary (懒惰)but clever. B. Lary ornd foolish
C. good at writing a composition
D. foolish but not lavy
(3) I had Eggs the Day Before Yeterday
Jim was not bad at school. but he was not clean. His face and hands were always dirty (脏的) because he washed them with water only. He nerer used soap (肥皂).
Jim had an aunt. One day she went to visit him. She looked at Jim and said, "Jim, I can tell What you ate for breakfast this morning"
Jim looked at his aurnt and said, "What cleil I hare for break fast this morning?"
Jim looked at his aunt and said, "what did I have for break fast this morning?"
"You had eggs, " said his aunt. "Your face and mouth tell me that "
"Eggs" said Jim. "I didn't have eggs today. and I didn't have eggs yesterday. I had eggs the day before yesterday."
( ) 1. Jim ____at school
A. studied well B. was not a good student
C. was cleau D. did badly
( ) 2. Jim's face and hands were always dirty because he_____
A. never washed them.
B. didn't wash them with water.
C. washed them with soap. but not water.
D. washed them only with water, but not soap.
( ) 3. Jim's aunt saw____.
A. Jim's face was not clean
B. there was an egg in Jim's mouth
C. Jim didn't have break fast that morning
D. there was an egg on Jim's face.
( ) 4. What did Jim have that morning?_____
A. Bread. B. Ment. C. Eggs. D. We don't know.
( ) 5. From the story, we may know that Jim_____.
A. had eggs every day. B. had eggs every morning
C. did not have eggs every day D. was a clean boy
第二十五单元作业设计
一、指出下列各组单词划线部分发音与所给单词划线部分读音相同的 一个单词：
( ) 1. island A. picnic B. tidy C. thick D. April
( ) 2. alone A. nobody B. problem C. tonight D. come
( ) 3. push A. until B. August C. enough D. could
( ) 4. sugar A. nobody B. party C. large D. carrot
( ) 5. smell A. great B. anybody C. vegteble D. be
( ) 6. understand A. island B. danger C. mistake D. fat
( ) 7. picnic A. once B. cry C. reach D. place
( ) 8. farther A. thin B. birthday C. feather D. south
( ) 9. sandwiches A. classmates B. wives C. holidays D. pages
( ) 10. ice A. husband B. shine C. unusually D. sunny
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. cry (反义词)___________ 2. hit (现在分词)_____________
3. we (反身代词)_________ 4. healthy (比较级)____________
5. usual(反义词)__________ 6. push (第三人称单数)__________
7. smell (过去式)___________ 8. can (过去式)________________
9. farther (同音词)_________ 10. tidy (副词)_________________
三、汉译英：
1. 多好的主意啊!____________________________
2. 把船拉出水面：_________________________________
3. 独自地：_______________ 4. 在岛上登陆：________________
5. 环顾四周：__________________
6. 感觉有点怕：________________
7. 不再：________________ 8. 立刻：_____________
9.保持凉快：______________________
10.去野餐：___________________
四、选择填空：
( ) 1. There is going to __English film this evening.
A. have an B. be an C. have a D. be a
( ) 2. You look ___ today. What's wring _____you?
A. tired …with B. tiring …to C. tire …with D. tires …on
( ) 3. Li Ming does his homework ____than I.
A. more careful B. much carefully
C. more carefully D. much careful
( ) 4. Did they spend ______money on their trip to New Youk?
A. few B. many C. lots D. much
( ) 5. Do you have ____to tell me ?
A. interesting anything B. anything interesting
C. interesting something D. something interesting
( ) 6. _____your sister.
A. Not worry for B. Not to worry abort
C. Don't worry about D. Don't worry with
( ) 7. Is it time ______our supper?
A. to B. in C. for D. on
( ) 8. Xiao Li is _______ in the reading-room now.
A. not longer B. not any long
C. no longer D. no long
( ) 9. ____the picnic basket up here to my place.
A. Take B. Bring C. Make D. Have
( ) 10. We must ____the food hot.
A. work B. get C. have D. keep
( ) 11. Shall we go to _______island for fishing?
A. near B. nearer C. the nearest D. nearly
( ) 12. Does _____live on the island?
A. someone B. anybody C. many people D. some ones
( ) 13. The twins did it all _____.
A. by themselves B. by himself
C. by them D. themselves
( ) 14. The child could pull the boat ___the riverside by himself.
A. to up B. on C. up D. up to
( ) 15. He wanted ____some bananas in the fruit shop.
A. buys B. buying C. to buy D. buy
( ) 16. There is _____ wrong with my bike. I must ask ____to
mend it for me.
A. something …anybody B. anything…somebody
C. something …somebody D. anything …anybody
( ) 17. A monkey is looking for something _____in the trees.
A. eat B. to eat C. eating D. eats
( ) 18. —Have you_____Australia? —Yes, I have.
A. been to B. gone to C. be to D. go to
( ) 19. There_____some dangerous animals ____this island.
A. may are …in B. may be …on
C. may have …on D. may has …in
( ) 20. ___Kate feel afraid of dangerous animals?
A. Was B. Were C. Did D. do
五、介词填空：
1. They will pick some bananas ______their picnic lunch.
2. The children started to walk _______the island.
3. Where are the workers? They are ______work.
4. The children pulled the boat up______the water.
5. The picnic basket was no longer ______ the tree.
6. There is something wrong_______my bike. Can you help me?
7. Her uncle's house is far _______here.
8. They went there on foot _______by bus.
9. She has to help _______the cooking.
10. Can you come out ______a walk _____the park?
六、句型变换：
1. The students went to that island for a picnic.(划线提问)
2. the children could pull the boat up from the water.(同上)
3. He wants to go to the mearest island tomorrow.(同上)
4. Mr Li began to learn Englsih the year befor last.(同上)
5. You can see something unusual in the picture.(改为疑问句)
6. There is something in the next classroom.(改为否定句)
7. His aunt has to go to see a doctor this morning.(同上)
8. Show them your photo.(同上)
七、用所给各组单词的正确形式填空：
1. take, bring
(1) Don't _______ the chair away, please.
(2) You must go home and _______your workbook here now.
(3) My mother is ill. I have _______her to the hospotal.
2. speak, tell, talk, say
(1) The English party is going to start at half past seven. Don't
forget_______them.
(2) Who's going to _____at the meeting this afternoon?
(3) “Doctor, I'm not feeling well, ”______Mrs Brown.
(4) “What are you _____ about?” be asked.
3. look, look at, look like, look after, look over, look for
(1) This is lucy's hat. It________a cat.
(2) ________the rain! It's heavy, isn't it?
(3) What are you doing here? I'm ________my pencil-box.
(4) The doctor came and _______Mr Smith very carefully.
(5) Wang Lin's mother is ill. She has to_______her at home.
(6) ________! They are playing volleyball on the play-ground.
4. listen, listen to, hear
(1) He often ______the weather repot in the morning.
(2) ________carefully. The little girl is singing in the next room.
(3) Can you _______anything behind the tree, Li Ping?
5. little, a little, few, a few
(1) We stayed here for_____days.
(2) — Have you any friends in Beijing? — Yes, I have ________.
(3) The baby has _______milk every three hours.
(4) Peter said, “There is _______food in the house. I must try to
get a job.
(5) There were tigers in the mountains._______people dared to go
up there at nitht.
八、选择正确译文：
( ) 1. 那家商店八点才开门。
A. The shop opens until 8 o'clock.
B. The shop don't open until 8 o'clock
C. The shop doesn't open until 8 o'clock.
D. The shop is open until 8 o'clock.
( ) 2. 明天他也许会跟一些朋友一起去游泳。
A. He may go swimming with some friends tomorrow.
B. He must go to swim with some friends tomorrow.
C. He can goes swimming with some of friends tomorrow.
D. He need to swim with some friends tomorrow.
3. 她叫我们别为她的课担心。
A. She told us not to worry her lessons.
B. She told us don't worry about her lessons.
C. She told us not worry about her lessons.
D. She told us not to worry about her lessons.
4. 吉姆是英国人，是吗？
A. Jim comes from England, doesn't he?
B. Jim is form English, isn't he?
C. Jim is a English, isn't he? D. Jim is form England, is he?
第二十六单元作业设计
一、指出下列各组单词划线部分发音与所给的单词划线部分读音相同 的一个单词：
( ) 1. southern A. south B. langh C. young D. round
( ) 2. operation A. candle B. village C. danger D. anything
( ) 3. fall A. half B. long C. autumn D. shall
( ) 4. worse A. word B. short C. porridge D. story
( ) 5. clever A. she B. hear C. help D. begin
( ) 6. taught A. doctor B. not C. lot D. brought
( ) 7. themselves A. dress B. enjoy C. problem D. myself
( ) 8. instead A. clean B. meat C. head D. sea
( ) 9. poor A. door B. sure C. doorbell D. Indian
( ) 10. money A. monkey B. key C. they D. say
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. teach (过去式)____________ 2. poor(反义词)____________
3. fall (过去式)____________ 4. feel (过去式)____________
5. sad (反义词)____________ 6. they (反身代词)____________
7. hit (过去式)____________ 8. hurt (现在分词)____________
9. month (复数)____________ 10.he (反身代词)____________
三、汉译英：
1. 从自行车上摔下：_________________
2. 自学英语：________________________
3. 动手术：_______________ 4. 随便吃蛋糕：________________
5. 过得快乐：_______________________
6. 第一次骑自行车：_______________________
7. 一节游泳课：________________________
8. 又一张莉莉的照片：________________________
9. 穿衣服：_______________ 10. 并非每个人：______________
四、选择填空：
( ) 1. Yesterday he fell _____his bike and hurt himself.
A. of B. out C. off D. over
( ) 2. He is rich and can buy _____a lot of good things.
A. myself B. himself C. him D. son
( ) 3. He will leave for America _____.
A. the next month B. last week
C. next day D. next month
( ) 4. They have a daughter _____Jane.
A. called B. calls C. calling D. to call
( ) 5. So the next day ther _____her to a doctor.
A. take B. takes C. taking D. took
( ) 6. _____time we had last nithe!
A. What good B. What a good
C. How good D. How a good
( ) 7. Not everybody in our class_____good at English.
A. is B. are C. isn't D. aren't
( ) 8. Please help yourself _____anything you like.
A. at B. with C. to D. of
( ) 9. _____you sure she'll like it?
A. Do B. Will C. Are D. Were
( ) 10. People enjoy _____during the holidays.
A. yourselves B. themselves
C. themself D. them
( ) 11. This is _____interesting film. We all like it.
A. / B. the C. a D. an
( ) 12. You must go to see the doctor if you_____ill.
A. will be B. were C. may D. are
( ) 13. They were quite _____to hear the news.
A. please B. pleasure C. pleased D. to please
( ) 14. Get up and get _____quickly.
A. dressed B. dress C. dressing D. to dress
( ) 15. It was too dark. I _____see nothing.
A. can B. could C. must D. have to
( ) 16. I'd like to have _____try.
A. the second B. second C. a second D. the other
( ) 17. They found there _____something wrong with their car.
A. was B. is C. are D . were
( ) 18. — _________? — I'd like to borrow some books.
A. Who are you B. What do you want
C. Can I help you D How are you
( ) 19. — What's the date today? — _________.
A. Today is Wednesday B. It's a sunny day today
C. It's cloudy D. It's January 3rd.
( ) 20. ____Smiths____going to move into a new house.
A. The …is B. The …are C. /…is D. A …are
五、填上适当的反身代词：
1. The little boy can look after________ now.
2. The children wash________before breakfast.
3. “Lily and Lucy! Help _______to some cakes.”said Mrs Shute.
4. I'm going to mend my bike_______this afternoon.
5. We don't need their help. We can finish the work all by_____.
6. The girl often looks at _______in the mirror.
7. “Wang Fei! This maths problem is not easy. You must ask
our teacher________.” said Li Ming.
8. The school_______is very lange, but there are not many
teachers and students in it.
六、句型变换：
1. My father goes to work by bus.(划线提问)
2. The shute family lived in the southern part of the USA.(同上)
3. They called him James.(同上)
4. His sister and his parents had to help him.(同上)
5. There was a good doctor in a town not far away.(同上)
6. He could not wash himself or get clressed.(改为反意问句)
7. There was something wrong with the child. (改为疑问句)
8. Jim is fat. (改为感叹句)
9. You'd better stay here. (改为否定句)
10. He bought himself a lot of presents.(改为疑问句)
七、连词成句：
1. by, the, could, do, she, work, all, herself.
2. he, too, is, young, himself, to, after, look
3. two, English, could, she, not, years, ago, speak.
4. Mary, instead, went, swimming.
八、用所给动词的适当形式填空：
1. Look! A lot of students _______(dance) near the river.
2. Zhang Li_______(like) to play basketball. Look, she______(play)
with her classmates over there.
3. He_______(study) much harder this term than he did last term.
4. ________(be) there any apple trees here a few years ago?
5. My brother usually ________(do) his lessons in the evening.
6. What ______ you _____(do) the day before yesterday?
I ________(do) some reading.
7. the teacher had to let the boy________(go) home.
8. I hope it _______(be) fine tomorrow.
9. He wanted _______(find) oud the answer to the question.
10. ________(be) Tom's shoes old or new?
九、改病句：
( ) 1. _____ When spring comes, it is getting warm and warm.
A B C D
( ) 2. _____No, I couldn't listen anything at all.
A B C D
( ) 3. _____ Do you like rice for supper today?
A B C D
( ) 4. _____ Are there any peoples on that island?
A B C D
( ) 5. _____ The doctor said he can do nothing to help him.
A B C D
( ) 6. _____I am sure there may be some danger animals on
A B C D
that island.
( ) 7. _____ He is looking out the window.
A B C D
( ) 8. _____ Here are a story about some poor people in the
A B C D
USA.
( ) 9. _____ Would you please to tell me an interesting story?
A B C D
( ) 10. _____ He will take his mother to hospital the next day.
A B C D
十、选择正确译文：
( ) 1. 并非人人都想马上回家。
A. Not everybody want to go home at once.
B. Nobody wants to go home at once.
C. No everybody wants go to home at once.
D. Not everybody wants to go home at once.
( ) 2. 三年后，他们又有了一个孩子。
A. Three years after, they had a child again.
B. After three years, they had a second child.
C. Three years later, they had the second child.
D. After three years, they had other child.
( ) 3. 玛丽回来我就把这封信给她。
A. I'll give this letter to Mary when she will come back.
B. I'll give this letter to Mary when she is coming back.
C. I'll give this letter for Mary when she come back.
D. I'll give this letter to Mary when she comes back.
初二英语期中考练习卷
一. 在下列各组单词中选出一个划线部分读音与所给单词的划线部分读音一样的单词.
( ) 1. worri ed A.clean ed B.wait ed C.pass ed D.stopp ed
( ) 2. tom a to A.c a rrot B.h a ppily C.pot a to D.p art y
( ) 3. ea s ily A. s top B. s andwich C.we s t D.pre s ent
( ) 4. fea th er A.wea th er B. nor th east C. th in D.sou th
( ) 5. wh ose A .wh ole B. wh en C. wh ile D. wh ich
( ) 6. veget a ble A.sk a te B.t a ble C.anim a l D.p a per
( ) 7. sug ar A.h ar d B.poul ar C.p ar k D.st ar t
( ) 8. sea s o ns A.wink o w s B. map s C.ticket s D.duck s
( ) 9. bri gh t A.enou gh B. thele ph one C. ph oto D.ei gh t
( ) 10. dr y A.read y B.quickl y C.empt y D.Jul y
二. 找出适当的字母或字母组合, 使单词完整. 正确
( )1. t__l_ph__ne A. a…i…o B. e…e…o C.e…e…oa Da…e…o
( )2. happ__ A. yly B. ily C. ly D. ely
( )3. ____cken A. shi B. the C. chi D. che
( )4. v ___g__t__ble A. a…i…a B. e…i…e C. a…e…i D.e e…a
( )5. c__f__lly A. air …i B. ere…u C. are…u D. ear…i
( )6. usu___ A. ally B. aly C. elly D. ely
( )7. b__t__ful__ A.eau…e B.eau…i C. ea…i D. ea…e
( )8. Aug____ A. ust B. ist C. est D. ast
( )9. aut__m __ A. u…e B.u…n C. e…n D. i…m
( )10. plea ____ A. ture B. sion C. tion D. sure
三. 用所给词的正确形式填空:
1. My coat is too _____. My brother's coat is _____ than mine. (big)
2. There are many ____ in the sky today. It's _____. (coud)
3. This boy is very _____. He can do the work _____. (care)
4. The ________on the desk are theirs . (radio)
5. The snow was very _______last night. It snowed ________last night. (hesvy)
6. He is a _______student. He studies very ______.(good)
7. Please pout these _________ on the plate. (sandwich)
8. My sister is a _____. She ________in a factory. (work)
四. 选择填空;
( )1. His mother is ill . He feels _____.
A.worry B.worrying C.worried D.to worry
( )2.The policeman helped me _____the car.
A.stops B. stopped C. stopping D.stop
( )3. ____likes to go swimming in the river.
A.No everyone B. Not everyone
C.Not all of us D. No all of us
( )4. English is ___than Chinese.
A.much more popular B. much poular
C. very popular D. the most popular
( )5. He ____ the radio and sat down to listen to the radio.
A. open B. turned off C. turned D.turned on
试 题
Unit 15 ~ Unit 16
Class _______ No. ______ Name________
Ⅰ. Listen to the sentence and fill in the missing word.(根据你所听
到的句子填写所缺的单词，每小题念一遍。)(5分)
1. There were not ________people to pick apples on the farm.
2. The _______of Australia is quite different from that of
Beijing.
3. I'm afraid Li Ping is out at the________.
4. It's much________in the south of China than in the north of China.
5. I'd like you to write down Jim's________ number.
6. Lucy was very sorry that she was out when you________.
7. Could you bring some nice________to school tomorrow?
8. Jim and his friends went to the farm and_______many apples.
9. Which month is colder in China, _______or December?
10. Will you please go_______ with me this afternoon?
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right answer to complete each
sentence.(听录音选择正确的答案补全句子，每小题念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. Listen to the teacher carefully, then ___the new words.
A. write down B. put down C. write out D. take down
( ) 2. The students are all busy, getting ready for______.
A. next term B. next week C. next month D. next year
( ) 3. ______for coming to see me.
A. Thank you B. Thanks
C. Thanks a lot D. Thank you much
( ) 4. Li Ping's telephone number is_______.
A. B. C. D.
( ) 5. Did you have a good time___last Sunday?
A. in the park B. at the cinema
C. at Ann's party D. in the zoo
Ⅲ. Listen to the dialogute and choose the right answer to each question.
(听对话及对话的问题，选择正确的答案，对话念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. He was born in a town near Oxford.
B. He was born in a small village far from London.
C. He was born in a city near London.
D. He was born in a town far form Oxford.
( ) 2. A. He comes from a small town not far from Sydney.
B. He comes from a big town not far from Sydney.
C. He comes from a small village not far from Sydney.
D. He comes from a big village not far from Sydney.
( ) 3. A. One year ago. B. Two years ago.
C. One and a half years ago. D. Three years ago.
( ) 4. A. Peter's aunt. B. Peter's father and mother.
C. Peter's mother. D. Peter's father.
( ) 5. A. Because he likes snow. B. Because he likes skating.
C. Because he likes making snowmen.
D. Because he likes playing with snow.
Ⅳ. Listen to the passage and choose the right answer. (听短文后选择
正确的答案，短文念三遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. There was a telephone call from __to ___.
A. Alice, Wei Hua B. Wei Hua, Alice
C. me, Alice D. Wei Hua, me
( ) 2. Alice _____when the telephone rang.
A. went swimming B. went skating
C. went shopping D. went fishing
( ) 3. Wei Hua's telephone number was____.
A. 683927 B. C. D.
( ) 4. Alice came home at_______.
A. five fifteen B. five fifty
C. four fufteen D. four fifty
( ) 5. After Alice knew everything, she _____Wei Hua.
A. went to see B. gave the photos to
C. rang up D. went shopping with
Unit 17 ~ Unit 18
Class_____ No. ______ Name______
Ⅰ. Listen to the tape and choose the right word or phrase you hear
in the sentence.(听录音选出你在句子中所听到的单词或词组，每小
题念一遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. sun B. sunnier C. sunny D. sunshine
( ) 2. A. wind B. snow C. rain D. hot
( ) 3. A. skate B. swim C. drive D. sing
( ) 4. A. blow B. blew C. blue D. blows
( ) 5. A. afraid B. think C. sorry D. sure
( ) 6. A. really B. strongly C. heavily D. nearly
( ) 7. A. felt B. fell C. fall D. feel
( ) 8. A. comes out B. comes up C. comes into D. comes in
( ) 9. A. another piece of meat B. a piece of meat
C. a piece of bread D. another piece of bread
( ) 10. A. look out B. find out C. write out D. take out
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right sentence you hear.
(听录音选择你所听到的句子，每小题念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. The snow is thick, isn't it?
B. The snow isn't thick, is it?
C. The snow is thin, isn't it?
D. The snow isn't thin, is it?
( ) 2. A. I like wearing a red hat on my head.
B. I like wearing a red skirt for my birthday party.
C. I like wearing a red feather in my new hat.
D. I like wearing a red dress for my birthday party.
( ) 3. A. Thanks for coming to see me.
B. Thanks a lot for coming to help me.
C. Thanks for coming to help me.
D. Thanks a lot for coming to see me.
( ) 4. A. Could you ask him to call me, please?
B. Could you ask him to show it to me, please?
C. Could you ask him to give it to me, please?
D. Could you ask him to pass it to me, please?
( ) 5. A. When it's summer in China, it's winter in Australia.
B. When it's winter in China, it's summer in Australia.
C. When it's autumn in China, it's spring in Australia.
D. When it's apring in China, it's autumn in Australia.
Ⅲ. Listen to the dialogue and judge the following sentences.(听对话判断
下列句子是否与原文意思相符，相符用T，不符用F，对话念二遍)(5分)
( ) 1. Wei Fang's telephone number is .
( ) 2. Ann is going to have a birthday party at home.
( ) 3. The party starts at two o'clock in the afternoon next Saturday.
( ) 4. Wei Fang thinks Jim can't go to the party because he is ill.
( ) 1. Wei Fang will give the message to Mike.
Ⅳ. Listen to the passage and fill in the missing words.(听短文后填
入短文中所缺的单词，短文念三遍。)(5分)
I was born in Xiamen—the city near the sea. The 1________ there is nice and clean. In winter the 2_______ never gets too cold. We 3_______wear lots of warm clothes. We can see green trees and 4_______ flowers here and there. Autumn is a very cool 5________. The wind 6________ from the sea. Children enjoy flying kites in the park or near the sea. The 7_________ time to come to my home town is from 8_________ to 9_________. At this time of year, the wather is quite hot, but the sea is blue. It's good to go swimming in the 10__________sea.
Unit 19 ~ Unit 20
Class_______ No. _______ Name_______
Ⅰ. Listen to the tape and choose the right word or phrase you hear
in the sentence. (听录音选出你在句子中所听到的单词或词组，每小 题念一遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. live B. lift C. left D. little
( ) 2. A. wait B. wake C. way D. wet
( ) 3. A. feel B. fat C. felt D. fall
( ) 4. A. about B. above C. alone D. along
( ) 5. A. below B. because C. before D. behind
( ) 6. A. potatoes B. tomatoes C. vegetable D. carrots
( ) 7. A. chip B. child C. fist D. ship
( ) 8. A. at times B. last time C. next time D. many times
( ) 9. A. go to work B. look for work
C. go out for a walk D. go for a walk
( ) 10. A. do the cooking B. home cooking
C. do the shopping D. do housework
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right answer to each question.
(听问句选择正确的答案，每小题念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. Two days. B. A week ago.
C. Last week. D. On Monday.
( ) 2. A. I know that well. B. The TV set was broken.
C. I dont know you. D. the radio says.
( ) 3. A. Nothing much. B. I don't know.
C. I'm free. D. Yes, I think so.
( ) 4. A. Beef and chicken. B. Pork.
C. Chicken and pork. D. Beef and pork.
( ) 5. A. Fish and chips. B. Fried chicken.
C. Take- away food. D. Home cooking.
Ⅲ. Listen to the dialogue and fill in the blanks. (听录音补全对话，
对话念二遍。)(5分)
A： What's the weather like 1_______?
B： The radio says it will be 2________.
A： Oh. What are we going to do?
B： I have 3_______ idea. Let's go to play basketball.
A： Great! Shall we 4________ Jim and Bill?
B： Ok. What time shall we 5________?
A： At about 6________ o'clock.
B： Let me 7_______. I have to do some cleaning at home. I'm
afraid I can't leave 8_______ three.
A： It doesn't matter. Let's make it a little later. What about 4 o'clock?
B：All right. I'll 9_________ 10_________ you outside the school
gate. Thank you. Good-bye!
A：Good bye.
Ⅳ. Listen to the passage and choose the right answer. (听短文后选择
正确的答案，短文念三遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. Chinese food is different from________.
A. American food B. Australian food
C. English food D. Japanese food
( ) 2. In the__of China people like to eat noodles and dumpings.
A. north B. south C. west D. east
( ) 3. the old people like the tea___.
A. with milk in it B. with nothing in it
C. with coffee in it D. with sugar in it
( ) 4. In England, the most popular food is____.
A. fish and chips B. bread and milk
C. rice and dumplings D. cakes and sandwiches
( ) 5. Chinese and English people enjoy eating take-away food__.
A. at home B. in the open air C. at night D. on Sunday
Unit 15 ~ Unit 21 综合训练
Class ______ No._____ Name________
Ⅰ. Listen to the tape and choose the right word or phrase you
hear. (听录音选择你所听到的单词或词组，每小题念一遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. chip B. cheap C. ship D. shop
( ) 2. A. real B. meal C. near D. clean
( ) 3. A. feel B. dear C. meal D. real
( ) 4. A. snow B. blow C. throw D. cold
( ) 5. A. sell B. tell C. west D. bell
( ) 6. A. cool B. cold C. soon D. sure
( ) 7. A. were B. wore C. warm D. want
( ) 8. A. at times B. at the moment C. at wok D. at home
( ) 9. A. be from B. be good at C. be born D. be out
( ) 10. A. come in B. come from C. come back D. come round
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right sentence you hear.(听录
音选择你所听到的句子，每小题念二遍)(5分)
( ) 1. A. He's over there at the moment.
B. He's out at the moment.
C. He isn't out at the nonent.
D. He is not at home at the moment.
( ) 2. A. It's very cool today, isn't it?
B. He feels very cold today, doesn't he?
C. She feels very cold today, doesn't she?
D. It's very cool today, isn't it?
( ) 3. A. I like summer better than autumn.
B. I llike spring better than summer.
C. I like summer better than spring.
D. I like summer better than winter.
( ) 4. A. In England, people eat a lot of bread.
B. In England, people eat a lot of pork.
C. In England, people eat a lot of peas.
D. In England, people eat a lot of beef.
( ) 5. A. Don't look at the picture before you say that.
B. Don't say that before you look at the picture.
C. Don't you say that before you look at the picture?
D. Don't you look at the picture before you say that?
Ⅲ. Listen to the dialogue and choose the right answer to each
question.(听对话后选择正确的答案，对话念二遍。)(5分)
( )1. A. It's spring. B. It's aummer.
C. It's autumn. D. It's wimter.
( ) 2. A. No, he doesn't. B. Yes, he does.
C. He likes beef better. D. He likes pork better.
( ) 3. A. He hsa milk and bread. B. He has eggs and porrige.
C. He has milk and eggs. D. He has bread and porridge.
( ) 4. A. Next Thursday. B. This Friday.
C. Next Wednesday. D. This Saturday.
( ) 5. A. She will be eleven. B. She will be twelve.
C. She will be thirteen. D. She will be fourteen.
Ⅳ. Listen to the passage and fill in the missing words.(听短文后填
入短文中所缺的单词，短文念三遍。)(5分)
Different coountries have different food. If you go to 1_______, you may find 2_________fish and chips along the 3________. Fish and chips are the 4________ popular thake-away food in England. People often 5________ this kind of food at shops, but sometimes they 6_________ the food in paper 7_______ and take it 8________or to their work place.
Chinese take-away food is 9________ popular in England, Australia and the USA. But the most popular take-away food in the USA is fried 10________. It's very delicious.
Unit 15 ~ Unit 21 期中考试卷
Class ______ No._____ Name________
Ⅰ. Listen to the tape and choose the right word or phrase you hear in sentence. (听录音选出在句子中所听到的单词或词组，每小题念一遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. wear B. weather C. letter D. winter
( ) 2. A. cool B. cold C. cloudy D. could
( ) 3. A. part B. park C. party D. laugh
( ) 4. A. last B. laugh C. love D. like
( ) 5. A. hear B. pear C. there D. wear
( ) 6. A. hard B. half C. hot D. high
( ) 7. A. later B. letter C. late D. matter
( ) 8. A. what B. wet C. white D. wait
( ) 9. A. get ready for B. get on C. get warm D. get down
( ) 10. A. have a look B. have a rest
C. have a party D. have a swim
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right sentence you hear. (听录
音选择你所听到的句子，每小题念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. It's about three hundred metres away on the right.
B. It's about two hundred metres away on the left.
C. Take the third turning on the right.
D. Take the second turning on the left.
( ) 2. A. Playing too much isn't good for your health.
B. Eating too much is bad for your health.
C. Taking a walk after supper is good for your health.
D. Reading in bed is bad for your eyes.
( ) 3. A. You must work hard at school.
B. You must look after yourself.
C. You must eat less and do more exercies.
D. You must drink more water.
( ) 4. A. I think English is very difficult.
B. It's not easy to learn English well.
C. I am good at Chinese but not at English.
D. It's not easy to learn Chinese well.
( ) 5. A. May I go out and play?
B. May I come in and see you family?
C. May is the fifth month of the year.
D. May is my favourite month.
Ⅲ. Listen to the dialogue and fill in the blanks.(听录音补全对话，对
话念二遍。)(5分)
A：Jim! Supper is 1________.
B：Yes, Mum. I'm coming. What are we going to have for 2_____today?
A：We're going to have 3________ English 4________.
B：5________? What is it?
A：It's your favourite. 6________ and chips.
B：Is this 7_________ food?
A：No, it isn't. This is 8__________ 9__________.
B：Mum, it must be 10__________ delicious.
Ⅳ. Listen to the passage and choose the right answer.(听短文选择正
确的答案，短文念三遍)(5分)
( ) 1. English people ________.
A. like talking very much B. don't speak Chinese
C. don't talk very much D. don't like train
( ) 2. In England, people like to say“____” when they meet someon.
A. Nice weather for the time of year!
B. Nice to see you again!
C. Are you hungry? D. Do you like England?
( ) 3. English people often ___ .
A. look out of the window B. read
C. sit doing nothing D. A and B
( ) 4. English people often ___.
A. go by bus B. talk about the weather
C. go by bike D. have good weather
( ) 5. When you talk about the weather with them, the English think__.
A. you are kind B. you aren't friendly
C. you are friendly D. you are a friend
Unit 22 ~ Unit 23
Class ______ No. _____ Name ______
Ⅰ. Listen to the tape and choose the right word or phrase you hear in the sentence. (听录音选出你在句子中所听到的单词或词组，每小题念 一遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. sir B. third C. first D. shirt
( ) 2. A. dress B. skirt C. address D. most
( ) 3. A. may be B. maybe C. baby D. many
( ) 4. A. train B. truck C. tree D. traffic
( ) 5. A. away B. heavy C. hungry D. always
( ) 6. A. head B. back C. leg D. hand
( ) 7. A. throw B. slowly C. granny D. early
( ) 8. A. a cool morning B. a cold morning
C. a warm morning D. a hot morning
( ) 9. A. the shoe factory B. the bike factory
C. the bus factory D. the car factory
( ) 10. A. in a post office B. in an office
C. in hospital D. in a hospital
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right semtence you hear.
(听录音选择你所听到的句子，每小题念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. The No. 12 bus will take you there.
B. The No. 22 bus will take you there.
C. The No. 20 bus will take your there
D. The No. 32 bus will take you there.
( ) 2. A. At the end of the road, you'll see the hospital.
B. At the end of the road, you'll see the factory.
C. At the end of the street, you'll see the fruit shop.
D. At the end of the street, you'll see the station.
( ) 3. A. I'm not sure. They may go shopping with some friends.
B. I'm not sure. They may go to see a friend of theirs.
C. I'm not sure. They may go for a walk with some friends.
D. I'm not sure. They may go swimming with some friends.
( ) 4. A. If you jump the queue, other friends won't be pleased.
B. If you jump the queue, other students won't be pleased.
C. If you jump the queue, other won't be pleased.
D. If you jump the queue, other police won't be pleased.
( ) 5. A. Excuse me, which is the way to the bookshop, please?
B. Excuse me, which is the way to the fruit shop, please?
C. Excuse me, which is the way to the bus station, please?
D. Excuse me, which is the way to the police station, please?
Ⅲ. Lesten to the dialogue and choose the similar to the dialogue.
(听对话后选择与对话意思相近的句子，对话念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. Everyone laughed at the boy's mistakes.
B. Everyone laughed at the man's mistakes.
C. Everyone laughed at the woman's mistakes.
D. Everyone laughed at the girl's mistakes.
( ) 2. A. She can't have breakfadst first.B. She can have breakfadst first.
C. She can't have lunch first. D. She can't have supper first.
( ) 3. A. My friend must get up and get ready for school.
B. My sister must get up and get ready for school.
C. My sister must get up and get ready for work.
D. My friend must get up and get ready for work.
( ) 4. A. His home is four kilometres from the school.
B. His home is fourteen kilometres from the school.
C. His home is forty kilometres from the school.
D. His home is thirty kilometres from the school.
( ) 5. A. Your mother had a short rest when you reached home.
B. Your father had a short rest when you reached home.
C. Her mother had a short rest when she reached home.
D. Her father had a short rest when she reached home.
Ⅳ. Listen to the passage and then complete the following sentences.
(听短文后完成下列句子，短文念三遍。)(5分)
1. Some people are________for a No. 11 bus at the bus_______.
2. A ________ ________ wants to jump the queue.
3. The other people are ________ ________ him.
4. We must________ wait ________ a queue.
5. If we jump the queue, other people________ be ________.
Unit 24 ~ Unit 25
Class _______ No. _____ Name ______
Ⅰ. Listen to the sentence and fill in the missing word.(根据你所听
到的句子填写所缺的单词，每小题念一遍。)(5分)
1. I'm helping Dad to tidy the ________ now.
2. I don't want to play football. I want to play volleyball_______.
3. Mrs brown often feels very________.
4. If she wants to be_________ and healthier, she has to eat less
food and take more exercise.
5. Let's go to the________ island. It's more interesting.
6. We ________ with our noses.
7. The children ________ the boat out and went home.
8. It was very late. The girl________ a little afraid.
9. After school, I always want to go home at________.
10. Kate cried when she found that the picnic basket was no
________ under the tree.
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right answer to complete the
sentence.(听录音选择正确的答案补全句子，每小题念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. The woman has to sit down and rest ____.
A. every three minutes B. every six minutes
C. every sixty minutes D. every sixteen minutes
( ) 2. The doctor _____ very carefully.
A. looked at Mr Brown B. looked for Mrs Brown
C. looked overy Mrs Brown D. looked after Mr Brown
( ) 3. Can you ____the day after tomorrow?
A. come shopping with him B. come swimming with me
C. come shopping with me D. come swimming with him
( ) 4. Every day you can have_____.
A. one apple, one orange, three pieces of dry bread, forr glasses of water
B. two apples, two oranges, three pieces of dry bread, four
glasses of water
C. one apple, two oranges, four pieces of dry bread, four
glasses of water
D. two apples, one orange, three pieces of dry bread, four
glasses of water
( ) 5. The children ____out of water and then looked around the island.
A. pulled the boat B. pushed the boat
C. pulled the basket D. pushed the basket
Ⅲ. Listen to the dialogue and choose the right answer to each
question. (听对话后选择正确的答案，对话念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. By ship. B. plane. C. By bus. D. By boat.
( ) 2. A. She has to wash plates only. B. She has to clean the room.
C. She has to wash all the plates and things, too.
D. She has to wash clothes and plates.
( ) 3. A. He has to do some homework. B. He has to do some housework.
C. He has to do some shopping. D. He has to stay at home.
( ) 4. A. Only rice. B. Bread and eggs.
C. Rice and bread D. Milk and bread.
( ) 5. A. Because he has to help his sister.
B. Because he has to see a doctor.
C. Because he has to look after the room.
D. Because he has to look after his sister.
Ⅳ. Listen to the passage and choose the right answer.(听短文后选择
正确的答案，短文念三遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. It was _____.
A. Monday B. Saturday C. Sunday D. Friday
( ) 2. The weather was ______.
A. cloudy B. fine C. windy D. rainy
( ) 3. They went for a picnic______.
A. by car B. on foot C. by bus D. by ship
( ) 4. They had their picnic_______.
A. on a farm B. in a town C. near the city D. on a hill
( ) 5. They went home_____.
A. before four o'clock B. after lunch
C. after four o'clock D. the next day
Unit 26 ~ Unit 27
Class _______ No. _____ Name ______
Ⅰ. Listen to the tape and choose the right word or phrase you hear in the sentence. (听录音选出你在句子中所听到的单词或词组，每小题念 一遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. ride B. read C. reach D. rich
( ) 2. A. monkey B. mum C. money D. moment
( ) 3. A. poor B. sure C. quiet D. tall
( ) 4. A. suddenly B. operation C. question D. southern
( ) 5. A. fat B. sad C. bad D. dad
( ) 6. A. diary B. dialogue C. hurry D. factory
( ) 7. A. leave B. live C. life D. meet
( ) 8. A. make the boy stop crying B. make the baby stop flying
C. make the bay stop crying D. make the boy stop flying
( ) 9. A. in his town last summer holidays
B. in his home town last summer holidays
C. in his town last winter holidays
D. in his home town last winter holidays
( ) 10. A. asks one small question B. does one small operation
C. answers one small question D. asks one small operation
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right sentence you hear.(听录
音选择你所听到的句子，每小题念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. The boy is very healthy with his family.
B. The boy is very happy with his friends.
C. The boy is very healthy with his friends.
D. The boy is very happy with his family.
( ) 2. A. Please help yourself to som eggs and apples.
B. Please help yourself to som cakes and apples.
C. Please help yourself to som eggs and bananas.
D. Please help yourself to som cakes and bananas.
( ) 3. A. She is falling off her bike. B. She is taking off her blouse.
C. She is taking off her bike. D. He is falling off his bike.
( ) 4. A. Her parents can take good care of your beds.
B. Her parents can take good care of your babies.
C. Her parents can take good care of your bells.
D. Her parents can take good care of her babies.
( ) 5. A. We bought her a handbag, but she didn't like it.
B. We brought her a handbag, but she didn't like it.
C. We brought her a handbag, but she didn't find it.
D. We bought her a handbag, but she didn't find it.
Ⅲ. Listhe to the dialogue and fill in the blanks.(听录音补全对话，对
话念二遍。)(5分)
A：My 1________ hurts, Doctor.
B：Open your mouth (嘴巴) and say “Ah…”.
A：“Ah…”.What's 2________ with me?
B：You 3________ a bad cold. Take the medicine (药) and stay
in bed for two days and you'll soon be 4_________.
A：Thank you. By the way, 5________ 6________is the medicine?
B：How much 7________? Look! Don't you know me?
A：Ha, Ha, it's you, 8________. I didn't know you were here. How are you?
B：9_________, thank you. And you have to took 10________yourself.
A：Yes, I will. Thanks a lot. I'm afraid I must go now. Bye!
B：Good-bye!
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right sentence you hear.(听录
音选择你所听到的句子，每小题念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. Lily and Lucy got up _________.
A. very late this morning B. very late yesterday morning
C. very early this morning D. very early yesterday morning
( ) 2. Their parents took them to_____.
A. a small village B. a small factory
C. a small city D. a small town
( ) 3. Lily and Lucy went there_______.
A. by bike B. by ship C. by bus D. by train
( ) 4. Uncle Li's house has_____.
A. four floors B. five floors C. three floors D. two floors
( ) 5. Uncle Li's house was________.
A. very far from a park B. very near near a lake
C. very far from a lake D. very near a park
Unit 22 ~ Unit 28 综合训练
Class _______ No. _____ Name ______
Ⅰ. Listen to the tape and choose the right word or phrase you hear.(听录音选择你所听到的单词或词组，每小题念一遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. wash B. watch C. worse D. west
( ) 2. A. year B. near C. dear D. hear
( ) 3. A. term B. turn C. third D. learn
( ) 4. A. ring B. rain C. bring D. train
( ) 5. A. cry B. dry C. fry D. fly
( ) 6. A. well B. wear C. will D. weather
( ) 7. A. west B. rest C. best D. next
( ) 8. A. at this thime of year B. at the moment
C. at the end of D. at the head of
( ) 9. A. at night B. at last C. at first D. at once
( ) 10. A. be out B. get out C. find out D. pull…out of
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right sentence you hear.(听录
音选择你所听到的句子，每小题念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. I hope you can come to supper next Saturday.
B. I hope you can come to my party next Saturday.
C. I hope you can coem to supper next Thursday.
D. I hope you can come to my party next Thursday.
( ) 2. A. Can you coem swimming with me?
B. Can you come shopping with me?
C. Can you come to play with me?
D. Can you come to speak with me?
( ) 3. A. I made some birthday cakes last night.
B. I made some dumplings last night.
C. I made some mooncakes last night.
D. I made some bread last night.
( ) 4. A. Could she swim when she was five years old?
B. Could she skate when she was five years old?
C. Could she run when she was four years old?
D. Could she speak when she was two years old?
( ) 5. A. He can do nothing to help her.
B. He can't do anything to help her.
C. He can do something to help her.
D. He can do that to help her.
Ⅲ. Listen to the dialogue and choose the right answer to each
question.(听对话后选择正确的答案，对话念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. Play football. B. Tidy his room.
C. Do his lessons. D. Cook the dinner.
( ) 2. A. Spring. B. Summer. C.Autumn. D. Winter.
( ) 3. A. Li Lei. B. Jim. C. Me. D. Sam.
( ) 4. A. This afternoon. B. Tomorrow afternoon.
C. This evening. D. tomorrow evening.
( ) 5. A. Pork. B. Fish. C. Vegetables D. Fruit.
Ⅳ. Listen to the passage and fill in the missing words.(听短文后填入
短文中所缺的单词，短文念三遍。)(5分)
Last Tuesday. Jim and his friends went to help the 1________ with the 2________ harvest. There were many apples 3________ the trer were not 4________ people to pick them.
The work was hard. but they really 5___________it. They picked 6________ of apples. Some apples were very high. They 7________ ladders to climb up the trees. Then they 8________ the apples to the trucks. The men and women lifted the 9________ onto the trucks. They had a very 10________ day.
Unit 15 ~ Unit 28 期末考试卷
Class _______ No. _____ Name ______
Ⅰ. Listen to the tape and choose the right word or phrase you hear in the sentence.(听录音选出你在句子中所听到的单词或词组，每小题念一遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. passage B. message C. village D. cabbage
( ) 2. A. Kate B. date C. gate D. late
( ) 3. A. ladder B. little C. letter D. later
( ) 4. A. back B. bag C. bed D. bad
( ) 5. A. side B. sit C. set D. sad
( ) 6. A. play B. player C. place D. plate
( ) 7. A. month B. player C. money D. Monday
( ) 8. A. wait for B. be late for C. go for a walk D. look for
( ) 9. A. get down B. get dressed C. get on D. get long
( ) 10. A. take off B. turn on C. fall off D. ring up
Ⅱ. Listen to the tape and choose the right sentence you hear.(听录
音选择你所听到的句子，每小题念二遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. Can Jim take the orange? B. Can he take the message?
C. Can she take the cabbage? D. Can you see the village?
( ) 2. A. He bought me some tomatoes.
B. He brought me some potatoes.
C. She bought me some tomatoes.
D. She brought me some potatoes.
( ) 3. A. Mr smith has a good present.
B. Mr Smith is a good farmer.
C. Mrs Smith is a good parent.
D. Mrs smith is a good policeman.
( ) 4. A. The child studied at home.
B. The children started to go.
C. The child stayed at home.
D. The children stand in a row.
( ) 5. A. The students have a short rest.
B. The student has a short rest.
C. The student had a short rest.
D. The student had a short rest.
Ⅲ. Listen to the dialogue and fill in the blanks.(听录音补全对话，对
话念二遍。)(5分)
A：What do you 1________to do when you are at home?
B：Oh, I have to do the washing and 2_________. What 3________you?
A：I have to 4_________Mother 5_________the cooking and tidy
the 6________.
B：Do you have to 7________ 8________the baby?
A：No. Mother does. But I have to 9_________ all the plates and
thinge after 10__________.
Ⅳ. Listen to the passage and choose the right answer.(听短文后选择
正确的答案，短文念三遍。)(5分)
( ) 1. A. Ann's mother is making cakes and Ann is doing her homerwork.
B. Ann's mother is cooking some food and Ann is writhing a letter.
C. Ann's mother is watching TV and Ann is listening to the radio.
D. Ann's mother is cleaning the table and Ann is drawing a picture.
( ) 2. A. Last Sunday Ann's friend Meimei took her to a factory.
B. Last Sunday Ann's friend Meimei took her to a farm.
C. Last Sunday Ann's friend Meimei took her to a bookshop.
D. Last Sunday Ann's friend Meimei took her to a park.
( ) 3. A. They went into a small zoo inside the park.
B. They went into a small zoo outside the park.
C. They went into a small zoo near the park.
D. They went into a small zoo behind the park.
( ) 4. A. Ther wer a lot of people in the zoo.
B. Ther wer a lot of lakes in the zoo.
C. Ther wer a lot of animals in the zoo.
D. Ther wer a lot of trees in the zoo.
( ) 5. A. There is a tall building near Ann's home.
B. There is a big zoo near Ann's home.
C. There is a middle school near Ann's home.
D. There is a new post office near Ann's home.
初二英语第二十七单元作业设计
一、指出下列各组单词划线部分发音与所给的单词划线部分读音相同 的一个单词：
( ) 1. holiday A. tidy B. island C. mistake D. shine
( ) 2. whole A. who B. why C. what D. which
( ) 3. music A. pull B. husband C. unusual D. busy
( ) 4. diary A. pair B. air C. diagram D. careful
( ) 5. asleep A. plate B. April C. animal D. address
( ) 6. great A. real B. mean C. health D. again
( ) 7. example A. answer B. family C. name D. want
( ) 8. interest A. guess B. eleven C. went D. She
( ) 9. put A. mum B. but C. pull D. study
( ) 10. cry A. diary B. baby C. city D. sky
二、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. interest (形容词)____________ 2. left (反义词)____________
3. bring (过去式)____________ 4. healthy (名词)____________
5. stop (现在分词)____________ 6. class (复数)____________
7. taught (原形)____________ 8. sing (过去式)____________
9. hit (过去式)____________ 10. diary (复数)____________
三、汉译英：
1. 停止做某事：_____________ 2. 扮鬼脸：________________
3. 把某人单独留下：________________________
4. 名胜：________________________
5. 照顾___________________ 6. 醒来：_____________________
7. 越哭越厉害：________________________
8. 各种各样：____________________
9. 把整个情况告诉某人：________________________
10. 睡着了。_________________
四、选择填空：
( ) 1. Don't worry about your child. I'll _____him while you are
away.
A. take care of B. bake a look
C. take after D. take good care
( ) 2. ____ she woke up and began to cry.
A. Hallf an hour after B. Half an hour later
C. Later half an hour D. After half hour
( ) 3. He made faces to make the baby _____.
A. to laugh B. laughed C. laughing D. laugh
( ) 4. The teacher asked the girl to show him _____ book.
A. other one B. another C. one another D. other
( ) 5. My father will take _____to the zoo this Sunday.
A. I and my brother B. my brother and me
C. me and my brother D. my brother and I
( ) 6. We can find many places of ____in Fuzhou.
A. interesting B. interested C. interest D. interests
( ) 7. _____time they had in the park yeserday!
A.What good B. What a good
C. How good D. How a good
( ) 8. there is _____car on the road.
A. no B. some C. not D. any
( ) 9. We don't like him _____.
A. no more B. some more C. any more D. the more
( ) 10. I left my girl _____.
A. by myself B. in myself C. by herself D. by her
( ) 11. You could buy her a bike, ____it may be too dear.
A. and B. but C. if D. when
( ) 12. We can see ____in his garden.
A. all kind of flower B. all kinds of flower
C. kind of flowers D. all kinds of flowers
( ) 13. A foreign friend visired visited our village and_____.
A. we B. ours C. us D. our
( ) 14. He is the tallest ____the brothers.
A. of B. in C. at D. for
( ) 15. Would you please _____me an interesting story?
A. speak B. tell C. talk D. say
( ) 16. he won't come back _____the end of the month.
A. by B. but C. until D. on
( ) 17. He was tired, so he stopped_____.
A. to have a rest B. had rest
C. having a rest D. have a rest
( ) 18. We may have a meeting tomorrow, but we_____.
A. have B. don't have C. don't have to D. may not have
( ) 19. Who has the fewest apples, Tom, Li Lei ____Kate?
A. and B. or C. but D. with
( ) 20. Why does she look so ____.
A. worry B. worrying C. worried D. worries
五、在必要的地方填上适当的冠词：
1. Tom and Mike talked for_____hour and____half this afternoon.
2. You may tell Dick _____wgike story.
3. Walk along ______road, and take ______first turning on ____
left.
4. There is ______American boy in our class. His name is ______
Tom.
5. Grandma is ill. I must take her to ______hospital.
6. Summer holidays will begin ______next month.
7. ______ old woman has two children, _____son and ______
daughter. _____son is _____doctor and _____daughter is _____
teacher.
8. I think you'll have____ good time.
9. Mr and Mrs Shute had ____daughter called Jane.
Ther they had ____second child…_____son.
10. One day, ______ Shutes heard that thers was _____ good
doctor in____ town not far away.
六、句型变换：
1. He has to wash all the plates and things after meals.(划线提问)
2. You need to wear lots of warm clothes.(同上)
3. I'd like to take the one on the right.(同上)
4. He comes to see us once a year.(同上)
5. We really enjoyed working on the farm.(同上)
6. Jim and his friends went to help the farmers.(同上)
7. Peter has to stay at home.(改为疑问句)
8. My mother does morning exercises every day.(同上)
9. They are going to have a football match next Sunday.(同上)
10. They have been there brfore.(同上)
11. I carght a cold yesterday. (同上)
12. I shall go to the zoo by bike tomorrow.(同上)
七、用所给动词的适当形式填空：
1. I _________(tell) him the news as soon as I _____(see) him.
2. The workers ____________(not go) home until they _________
(finish) the work last night.
3. It often ________(rain) in summer. It __________(rain) hard last
night. It ____________(not rain) now.
4. Tom and Mike _______(be) much taller this year than they____
(be) last year.
5. It's time for breakfast. Let's stop ________(read).
6. When my children________(be) young, I _______(be) busy all
day long. I often________(clean) the horse after the children
____(go) to bed.
7. When I ________(show) him the book, he ______(say) it ______
(be) a good book.
8. I _____(see) him six nonths ago when he_____(be) in hospital.
9. Please ________(be) there at 2:00. Don't let us________(wait).
10. His nother_____(make) him ____(do) the washing himself.
八、改错句：
( ) 1. ______ There is going to have a sports meet in our
A B C
school next month.
D
( ) 2. ______ Our English teacher is nearly forty, but she looks
A B C
more younger than she is.
D
( ) 3. ______ It is time for go to school.
A B C D
( ) 4. ______ When he reached home he turned on the radio
A B
and listen to the weather report.
C D
( ) 5. ______ She usually washes her clothes, cleans the floor,
A B
and keeps everything to clean and tidy on Sunday morning.
C D
( ) 6. ______ Must I clean the room now? No, you mustn't.
A B C D
( ) 7. ______ Everything are much lighter on the noon than on
A B C
the earth.
D
( ) 8.______In winter it is much colder in Beijing than Fuzhou.
A B C D
( ) 9. ______ She had a swim this morning, hadn't she?
A B C D
( ) 10. ______ I'll go to play with you if I am going to be free
A B C
tomorrow.
D
初二英语期末试卷
一、指出下列每组单词划线部分发音与所给单词划线部分读音相同的一
个单词：
( ) 1. Husband A. sandwich B. danger C. madam D. total
( ) 2. hard A. August B. autumn C. care D. laugh
( ) 3. visitor A. season B. worse C. lesson D. pleasure
( ) 4. noodle A. foot B. bookshop C. good D. cool
( ) 5. opposite A. October B. tomato C. stop D. somebody
( ) 6. fruit A. full B. building C. tooth D. enough
( ) 7. hair A. idea B. hear C. pioneer D. Mary
( ) 8. started A. waited B. hear C. helped D. studied
( ) 9. thin A. tooth B. southern
C. themselves D. feather
( ) 10. clever A. hurt B. visitor C. short D. learn
二、找出适当的字母或字线组合、使单词完整、正确：
( ) 1. pas____ge A. se B. a C. sa D. sea
( ) 2. twe____th A. lve B. lf C. fl D. lv
( ) 3. p____ nic A. ic B. ik C. i D. ec
( ) 4. gard____n A. o B. a C. / D e
( ) 5. condu____ A. tor B. ctor C cter D. ter
( ) 6. jum____ A. b B. k C. p D. t
( ) 7. deli____s A. siou B. ciou C. ser D. cer
( ) 8. po____t A. ke B. ki C. eki D. cke
( ) 9. ho____day A. le B. la C. li D. lo
( ) 10. hap____lyA. pe B. py C. pi D. i
三、按要求写出下列单词的相应形式：
1. full (反义词)_____________ 2. finish (第三人称单数)__________
3. health (形容词)__________ 4. five (序数词)_______________
5. popular (比较级)__________ 6. ill (最高级)________________
7. strong (副词)_____________ 8. we (反身代词)_____________
9. operate (名词)____________ 10. hit (现在分词)______________
11. bring (过去式)____________ 12. monkey (复数)____________
四、用some，somthing，somebody，any，anything，anybody, nothing，
nobody，everything 和 everybody 填空：
1. Please give me__________ to read. I have __________to do.
2. Do you know __________ about this bood?
No, I know __________ about it.
3. Has __________ found my watch?
4. __________ is singing in the room. Let's see who it is.
5. __________ of us like singing, others like dancing.
6. There is not__________ red paper here.
7. Has __________ given him the money?
8. __________ in this group must obey his order.
9. Mother is going to buy __________ apples.
10. Not __________ in the USA is rich.
五、选择填空：
( ) 1. It is warm in the room. You gad better___your sweater.
A. put on B. wear C. put off D. take off
( ) 2. Don't forget ____ your photo to school tomorrow.
A. to bring B. bringing C. bring D. brintgs
( ) 3. He ___ late if he _____up early tomorrow.
A. is … doesn't get B. will be … doesn't get
C. is … won't get D. will be … won't get
( ) 4. Mary likes watering the trees in the garden, _____?
A. isn't she B. doesn't she C. doesn't Mary D. does she
( ) 5. _____ first he didn't like English.
A. In B. On C. At D. For
( ) 6. I don't know what made made him _____ that.
A. do B. to do C. doing D. does
( ) 7. You'd better_____when you get up.
A. not to wake me up B. not to wake up me
C. not wake up me D. not wake me up
( ) 8. Everything in those gardens ______ beautiful.
A. looks B. look C . are D. has
( ) 9. There are ____ in the room.
A. too much people B. much too people
C. too many people D. many too people
( ) 10. Do you enjoy _____music?
A. to listen to B. listening to
C. to listen D. listning
( ) 11. Do you know why_____the day before yesterday?
A. didn't he come B. he didn't come
C. doesn't he come D. he doesn't come
( ) 12. _____interesting books they are!
A. How B. How an C. What D. What an
( ) 13. He listened but he could_____ nothing.
A. listened B. heard C. listen D. hear
( ) 14. We must keep everything in the classroom___and tidy.
A. cleaning B. clean C. to clean D. cleaned
( ) 15. If you want to be thinner, you have to ___more exercise.
A. make B. does C. spend D. take
( ) 16. The boy is_____ young to go to school, so he stays
with his grandma at home.
A. too B. so C. very D. much
( ) 17. When the teacher came into the classmoom, the students stopped______.
A. talked B. to talk C. talk D. talking
( ) 18. I _____go until my mother comes back.
A. will B. won't C. want D. want to
( ) 19. He told me ____ you anything to eat.
A. do not bring B. don't bring
C. not to bring D. to not bring
( ) 20. _____ these words the tiger jumped ____the river.
A. With … into B. With … onto
C. As … into D. Of … onto
( ) 21. If the policeman says ' stop', you ____stop.
A. need B. may C. must D. can
( ) 22. It's very dangerous _____in the deep water.
A. swim B. to swim C. swimming D. swims
( ) 23. He ____ and hit his leg on a bable.
A. falls B. felt C. fell D. fall
( ) 24. I din't know she _____speak English so well.
A. could B. can C. must D. may
( ) 25. He is now_____ a visit to England.
A. at B. to C. on D. in
( ) 26. He has____milk and ____oranges than I.
A. less … fewer B. less … less
C. fewer … fewer D. fewer … less
( ) 27. — ____do you feel? — I feel very cold.
A. What B. When C. How D. Where
( ) 28. This city is_____than that one.
A. very beautifuler B. much beautifuler
C. very more beautiful D. much more beautiful
( ) 29. Let me give you____ to eat.
A. different something B. something different
C. anything different D. different anything
( ) 30. You____do it if you don't want to.
A. mustn't B. can't C. needn't D. won't
六、句型变换：
1. I told him the whole story.(划线提问)
2. He made faces because he wanted to make the other people
laugh.(同上)
3. We enjoyed ourselves very much.(同上)
4. The No. 72 bus will take you there. (同上)
5. The address was on a piece of paper.(同上)
6. They asked me to thank your mother.(同上)
7. Mr Black stayed in Beijing for half a year.(同上)
8. He usually has lunch at school. (改为疑问句)
9. The radio says the rain will stop later on.(改为反意问句)
10. There are few people in the room.(同上)
七、每空填一词，使其意思与第一句意思基本相同：
1. I told him all the story. I told him the __________story.
2. There were no classes this afternoon.
There were__________ any classes this afternoon.
3. Your father is ill. Who is looking after him?
Your father is ill. Who is______ _______ ________ him?
4. The girl didn't cry any mors.
the girl________ ________ cried.
5. Half an hour later it rained.
________ half an hour it rained
6. Mr and Mrs Shute had a good time yesterday.
Mr and Mrs Shute________ ________ yesterday.
7. He said he didn't see any thing a moment ago.
He said he saw _______ a moment ago.
8. It's a pleasure. __________ a pleasure it is!
八、用所给动词、词组的适当形式填空：
take care of，get dressed，do，not like，fall off，laugh at，be，see，wake up，find
1. Han Meimei can't ________ because her left hand is broken.
2. Mr Green cane to Hangzhou__________ many plces of great
interest.
3. We mustn't________ him when he makes mistakes and we
must help him instead.
4. Mary__________ her bike and broke one of her legs.
5. __________ your home near the school?
6. My little brother always_________in the middle of the might.
7. At first I ________him but now I do.
8. Go along this street. I think you__________the hospital in
front of you.
9. I ________these exercises all by myself last night.
10. Don't worry. I'll __________ your baby.
九、改错：
( ) 1. _______he has to do a lot of works in the garden
A B C D
every day.
( ) 2. ________If you want to be thinner and healthier, you
A B
heve to eat fewer food.
C D
( ) 3. ________ I think Mike's cake is bigger than Jim.
A B C D
( ) 4. _________Granny Huan often hears the radio after
A B C D
supper.
( ) 5. ___________ I'm afraid there's wrong something with
A B C D
your watch.
( ) 6. _______ What must he have to do if he wants to be
A B C D
a good student?
( ) 7. _______ I'm very hungry. Please take me something
A B C
to eat.
D
( ) 8. _______ My uncle reached to Fuzhou early this morinig.
A B C D
( ) 9. ________ I din't catch the train, so I had to wait
thenext one.
( ) 10. ______I aftaid English is going to be difficult for me.
A B C D
十、完成下列对话：
A：_______ me, Can you________me how to________to the
Children's Palace?
B：________, ________ Bus No, 48 and get________huashan
Road. The Children's Palace ________near the bus ________.
A：Can I_________there?
B：Yes. It's __________short walk. It only__________you about
twenty ________to walk.
A：Thanks ________lot.
B：________at all.
十一、完型填空：
Mrs Brown's old grandfather lived with her and her husband. Every morning he 1 for a walk in the park and came 2 at half past twelve 3 his lunch.
But 4 a police car 5 outside Mrs Brown't house at bwelve o'clock, and two policemen helped Mr Brown 6 out. One of them said to Mrs Brown. “The poor old man lost his way in the park and telephone to us for help, 7 we sent a cer to bring him home.” Mrs Brown was very surprised, but she 8 the policemen and 9 left.
“But Grandfather, ” she then said. “You have been to that park nearly every day for twenty years. How did you lose your way there?”
the old man smile, 10 one eye and said, “ I didn't want to walk home!”
( ) 1. A. goes B. went C. had D. has
( ) 2. A. to home B. homes C. home D. the home
( ) 3. A. for B. to C. of D. on
( ) 4. A. on one morning B. in one morning
C. one of morning D. one morning
( ) 5. A. stops B. stoped C. stopped D. to stop
( ) 6. A. gets B. to get C. got D. getting
( ) 7. A. but B. or C. because D. so
( ) 8. A. thanked B. thanded for
C. thanks D. to thank for
( ) 9. A. they B. he C. she D. we
( ) 10. A. close B. closing C. closed D. closes
十二、阅读理解：
A young boy was playing with a ball in the street. He threw it too hard, and it broke the window of a house and fell inside. A woman came to the window and shouted at the boy. the boy was frightened and ran away. But he still wanted at the door and said, “My father is going to come and repair your windows very soon.”
After a while, a man came to the door with tools in his hand, so the woman let the boy take his ball away. When the man finished repairing the window, he said to the woman, “Please pay ten dollars.”
“But aren't you the father of the boy” the woman asked, looking surprised.“No,” he answered, looking more suprised,“Aren;t your his mother?”
( ) 1. The young boy lost his ball becarse______.
A. he broke the window of his house
B. he went through the window of the woman's house
C. the ball went through the window
D. the ball fell into the woman's garden
( ) 2. The young boy ran away because_______.
A. he was afraid of the woman
B. he went to lood for his father
C. he didn't want his ball back
D. he had to get somebody here
( ) 3. The boy came back again because________.
A. his father would come soon
B. the woman was his own mother
C. he wanted to get his ball back
D. his father couldn't come
( ) 4. The woman let the boy take his ball away because___.
A. he repaired the window
B. his father repaired the window
C. she thought the man was the boy's father
D. the boy was honest
( ) 5. Which of the following is true?
A. The man knwe the woman wasn't the boy's mother
B. The man thought the woman was the boy's mother
C. The man was the boy's father
D. The boy was the soon of the woman
十三、完成下列句子：
1. Li Lei had to go to school on foot______________________
(因为他的自行车坏了).
2. I made your birthday cake last night_____________________
(当你在床上睡觉的时候)
3. Walk on_____________________________(一直走到路的尽头).
4. ________________________(你要不小心) a car may hit you.
5. He is very clever, _____________________(但他不努力学习).
6. Come before eight o'clock tomorrow_____________________
(你就会看到他哥哥).
7. The teacher wanted__________________________(马上回家去).
8. _________________________(我花半个钟头) to finish my work
yesterday afternoon.
9. Please give a ring_______________________(致电达上海之后)
10.He is too short________________________(摘不到那些苹果).
Unit 22 — Unit 23
Ⅰ. Listen and choose 听句子，选择你所听到的单词：(每小题念一遍)
( ) 1. A. why B. wife C. wait D. way
( ) 2. A. visit B. busy C. easy D. city
( ) 3. A. green B. begin C. bring D. ring
( ) 4. A. smow B. show C. blow D. so
( ) 5. A. meet B. meal C. mean D.leave
Ⅱ. Listen and choose 听对话，选择正确答案：(对话念两遍)
( ) 1. A. He wants to go to a park in Beijing.
B. He wants to go to the Beijing Zoo.
C. He wants to go to the factory in Beijing.
D. He wants to go to a school in Beijing.
( ) 2. A. Yes, he does. B. No, he doesn't.
C. No, he does. D. Yes, he doesn't.
( ) 3. A. He asks a woman and she tells him the way.
B. He asks a man, but the man doesn't know the way.
C. He asks a policeman and he tells him how to get there.
D. He asks a boy, but he doesn't answer.
( ) 4. A. He gets there by train. B. He gets there by bus.
C. He gets there on foot. D. He gets there by car.
( ) 5. A. Yes, it is. B. No, it isn't
C. No, it's quite near, only about two minutes' walk from here.
D. No, it's very far from here.
Ⅲ. Listen and choose 听问句，选择恰当的答语：(问句念两遍)
( ) 1. A. It's not very nice. B. It's very small.
C. Walk along the street and turn right. It's not far.
D. It's a busy street.
( ) 2. A. I'm sorry. B. That's all right.
C. Thank you very much. D. Excuse me.
( ) 3. A. Go to school. B. Go to see a doctor.
C. Go for a walk. D. Take exercise.
( ) 4. A. I shall ask a teacher. B. I shall ask a cleaner.
C. I shall ask an officer. D. I shall ask a policeman.
( ) 5. A. I shall do my best. B. No, not at all.
C. You are ritht. D. Thank you.
Ⅳ. Listen and write 听录音，填写所缺的词语：(短文念两遍)
It was a 1__________ spring morning 2________ London. An old woman went to see the doctor, because her 3________ hurt. The woman 4________ to the hospital very early. There were many people in the 5________ room. Soon after, an 6________ came into the room. He walked quikly to the 7________ room. The old woman stood up and 8________ him. She said, “You must wait for your 9________.”She did not 10________ the Indian was the doctor.
Ⅴ. Listen and choose. 听短文，选择正确答案：(短文念两遍)
( ) 1. Jim didn't go to school this week because_____.
A. his hand was hurt B. his arm hurt
C. he didn't do his homework D. his mother was ill
( ) 2. Jim fell down from the tree when he____.
A. played with his friends B. helped the farmers pick apples
C. helped the farmers clean the house D. flew the kite
( ) 3. Jim's ____ brought him to see the doctor.
A. father B. mother C. friends D. teacher
( ) 4. There were_____ children in the hospital.
A. a lot of B. some C. few D. a few
( ) 5. Jim waited for ____before he saw the doctor.
A. less than two hours B. more than two hours
C. two hours D. three hours
Unit 24 — Unit 25
Ⅰ. Listen and choose 听句子，选择你所听到的单词：(每小题念一遍)
( ) 1. A. instead B. bread C. best D. rest
( ) 2. A. ready B. rainy C. many D. tidy
( ) 3. A. wrong B. long C. song D. along
( ) 4. A. away B. ago C. afraid D. again
( ) 5. A. sad B. bad C. bed D. head
Ⅱ. Listen and coose 听单词，选出你所听到的单词的重读音节所共有
的元音音素：(每小题念一遍)
( ) 1. A. [C:] B. [Q] C. [B:] D. [ei]
( ) 2. A. [U] B. [U:] C. [Q] D. [C]
( ) 3. A. [e] B. [A] C. [ei] D. [I:]
( ) 4. A. [I] B. [ai] C. [5aI[] D. [i[]
( ) 5. A. [[:] B. [[] C. [C] D. [aU]
Ⅲ. Listen and choose 听问句，选择恰当的答语：(问句念两遍)
( ) 1. A. I am late. B. I am ill.
C. I am busy. D. I am in hospital.
( ) 2. A. I have to wait outside. B. I have ti go back home.
C. I have to say, “May I come in?”
D. I have to say, “I'm sorry. I'm late.”
( ) 3. A. Becuse he is free.
B. Because the doctor asks him to help.
C. Because he is alone. D. Because he likes watching TV.
( ) 4. A. No, you muxtn't. B. No, you meedn't.
C. No, you won't. D. No, you can't.
( ) 5. A. I must take exercise. B. I must get up at six.
C. I mustn[t read in bed. D. I must eat much.
Ⅳ. Listen and write 听录音，把对话中所缺的部份补充完整：(对话念
两遍)
T：Good morning, doctor.
D：Good morning. What's 1________, young man?
T：I don't feel very well today. My head 2________
D：Oh, let 3_________ look over you. Mn. Something 4________
wrong with your head.
T：What do I 5________ to do?
D：Have a good 6________ and drink a 7________of water.
You will 8________ all right tomorrow.
Ⅴ. Listen and choose听对话，选择正确答案：(对话念两遍)
( ) 1. A. Yes, he can. B. No, he can't.
C. He can stay here. D. He can play basketball with Tom.
( ) 2. A. Because it's raining heavily.
B. Because he has to do his homework first.
C. Because he doesn't like to play football with Tom.
D. Because he is going to the cinema.
( ) 3. A. Because he won't finish it if he doesn't do it first.
B. Because he has to cook meal for his parents.
C. Because he has to hand in his homework first.
D. Because his mother is ill.
( ) 4. A. Tom. B. Jim. C. Mike. D. John.
( ) 5. A. It's cloudy to day. B. It's sunny today.
C. It's windy today. D. It's rainy.
Unit 26 — Unit 27
Ⅰ. Listen and choose 听句子，选择你所听到的单词：(每小题念一遍)
( ) 1. A. shout B. round C. about D. down
( ) 2. A. himself B. hereself C. myself D. yourself
( ) 3. A. money B. monkey C. month D. mouth
( ) 4. A. play B. great C. grade D. bread
( ) 5. A. fly B. fry C. dry D. cry
Ⅱ. Listen adn choose 听录音，选择与原句意思相似的句子：(每小题念
两遍)
( ) 1. A. They took care of themselves. B. The had a good time.
C. The have a happy party. D. The like it very much.
( ) 2. A. The girl stopped to cry. B. They girl began to cry
C. The girl stopped crying. D. The girl didn't like crying.
( ) 3. A. You must look at these babies.
B. You must look for these babies.
C. You must look after these babies.
D. You must put on these these babies.
( ) 4. A. Maybe Lucy is Mr Green's doctor.
B. Maybe Lucy is Mr Green's daughter.
C. Maybe Lucy is Mr Green's sister.
D. Maybe Lucy is Mr Green's student.
( ) 5. A. I have to go home because mother is ill.
B. I have to go home because mother told me to come
back early.
C. I have to go home because it isn't early.
D. I have to stay here because it is late.
Ⅲ. Listen and choose 听对话，选择正确答案：(对话念两遍)
( ) 1. A. Li Lei. B. Tom. C. John and Tom. D. Lucy.
( ) 2. A. No, he isn't B. Yes, he is.
C. Li Lei can't D. Li Lei can.
( ) 3. A. Because he can't swim in the river.
B. Because he is old enough to do it.
C. Because his parents are not at home these days.
D. Because his friends are going to see him.
( ) 4. A. John will help him with the work.
B. Nobody. He wants to do it all by himself.
C. His friends will help im. D. His parents wil do the work.
( ) 5. A. No, he can't B. Sure, he can't.
C. He won't do it with others.
D. He thinks he can. He wants to learn to do it by himself.
Ⅳ. Listen and write 听对话，填写家谱表：(对话念两遍)
Ⅴ. Listen and choose 听对话，选择正确答案：对话念两遍
( ) 1. A. Winter holidays. B. Summer holidays.
C. Mid Autumn Day. D. the twins' birthday.
( ) 2. A. Himself. B. With his friends.
C. With his parents. D. With his teachers.
( ) 3. A. Xi'an. B. Wuhan. C. Tianjing. D. Beijing.
( ) 4. A. They will take her. B. No, they won't.
C. Yes, they will. D. They won't take her.
( ) 5. A. Playing games. B. Playing in the sun.
C. Swimming in the sea. D. Taking a walk.
Unit 22 — Unit 28
Ⅰ. Listen and choose 听句子，选择你所听到的单词：(每小题念一遍)
( ) 1. A. sugar B. sure C. short D. shoe
( ) 2. A. alone B. along C. about D. above
( ) 3. A. brightly B. night C. right D. light
( ) 4. A. quick B. quickly C. quite D. queue
( ) 5. A. coat B. road C. boat D. cold
Ⅱ.Listen and choose 选择能正确回答或紧接你所听到的句子的选项：
(每小题念两遍)
( ) 1. A. You'd better go to see a doctor.
B. You'd better jump the queue.
C. You must have a rest. D. You must get up earlier tomorrow.
( ) 2. A. Come in, please. B. Sorry, I can't.
C. All right. Let's have a talk. D. Not at all.
( ) 3. A. When they make some mistakes.
B. When they are ill. C. When they do their homework.
D. When they lift goes up and down.
( ) 4. A. He is mending a bike. B. He is flying a kite.
C. The kite is broken. D. He hurt himself.
( ) 5. A. Yes, I can see five. B. I can see the tenth.
C. No, I can see only one. D. I can see five.
Ⅲ. Listen and choose 听录音，选择与原句意思相似的句子：(每小题念
两遍)
( ) 1. A. Could you borrow five books from her?
B May I borrow five books from you?
C. Will you please borrow five books from Bill?
D. Will you please lend five books from Bill?
( ) 2. A. The students began to make faces when the teacher
came in.
B. The students stopped making faces before the teacher
come in.
C. The students didn't make faces before the teacher
came in.
D. The students didn't make faces after the teacher came in.
( ) 3. A. It is difficult. B. It is a pleasure.
C. It is dangerous. D. It is safe.
( ) 4. A. There was nobody on the island except themselves.
B. There was no one on the island.
C. There was someone else on the island.
D. There were a few people with them.
( ) 5. A. Why don't you watch TV tomorrow night?
B. Why not come and mend TV tonight?
C. Please come and watch TV tonight.
D. Don't watch TV tonight.
Ⅳ. Listen and choose听问句，找出相应答语并写上问句的序号：(每句念两遍)
( ) 1. It's half past nine.
( ) 2. Yes, please. I want some eggs and a cup of tea.
( ) 3. It's about two kilometres away.
( ) 4. I'm from Shanghai, too.
( ) 5. That's good idea.
( ) 6. Certainly, here you are.
Ⅴ. Listen and choose 听短文，选择正确答案：(短文念两遍)
( ) 1. A. Mr Turner. B. Mr Green. C. Mrs Turner. D. Mrs Green.
( ) 2. A. To come and have lunch with here and her husband.
B. To come and have supper with her and her husband.
C. To come and have lunch with her friends.
D. To come and have a birthday party.
( ) 3. A. There was much food in the house.
B. There was a little food in the house.
C. There was a little rice and bread in the house.
D. There was little food in the house.
( ) 4. A. He remembered. B. Yes, he did.
C. No, he didn't. D. He forgot.
( ) 5. A. Because Mr Gree forgot to take the meat out of the
car at first.
B. Because Mr Green ran out and drowe to buy.
C. Because Mrs Green bought the meat yesterday.
D. BEcause a friend brought it over.
新编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷 (Unit 1)
A 卷
班级：______ 座号：______ 姓名：_________
一、在下列各组中找出一个划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词。5%
( ) 1. A. turn B. term C. first D. doctor
( ) 2. A. carrot B. stand C. many D. animal
( ) 3. A. mother B. job C. colour D. other
( ) 4. A. wardrob B. market C. artist D. dark
( ) 5. A. ouch B. teacher C. machine D. chicken
二、词汇。12%
(1) 根据英文释义写出相应的单词。(5分)
1. __________ the ninth month (月) of a year.
2. __________ not the same.
3. __________ take out what you want from some of many
4. __________ time when schools are open
5. __________ not long, not tall
(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(7分)
1. — Miss Zhao! Here are some flowers, ______ our best _____
— __________ very much.
2. — I'm sorry I'm late, Mr Li.
— It doesn't __________ this time.
3. — Do you know the ________ between these two words, Kate?
— Yes, I do.
4. I think English is an __________ subject (科目).
5. We __________ pens for writing.
三、选择填空。15%
( ) 1. Welcome _______ .
A. back home B. back to home
C. back to Fuzhou D. back Fuzhou
( ) 2. I'm sorry I'm late, _______ my bike is broken.
A. but B. and C. so D. because
( ) 3. I'm a new teacher here, _______ all your names.
A. so I know B. so I don't know
C. but I don't know D. because I know
( ) 4. Please_______ “here” when I call your names.
A. speak B. tell C. say D. talk
( ) 5. — What day is it tomorrow? — It's_______ .
A. Teacher day B. Teacher's Day
C. the Teachers' Day D. Teachers' Day
( ) 6. — Can you_______ tomorrow? — Yes, I can.
A. be here on time B. here on time here
C. be here on the time D. be here in the time
( ) 7. The students give their teacher a card _______ some
words _______ it.
A. with, with B. with, on C. and, on D. and, in
( ) 8. I'm thinking about _______ in class tomorrow.
A.to say what B. what saying
C. what to say D. saying what
( ) 9. — Why don't you talk _______ English names?
— Because I can't.
A. for B. with C. to D. about
( ) 10. This is Robert Thomas Brown. We call him _______.
A. Mr Robert B. Mr Thomas C. Mr Brown D. A or B
( ) 11. Li Tao is a Chinese boy. Li is his _______ name.
A. family B. middle C. last D. given
( ) 12. This is our _______ lesson.
A. first B. first one C. the first D. one
( ) 13. — Does Mary often help you _______ your English?
— Yes, she does.
A. for B. by C. with D. at
( ) 14. — What can you see on the desk?
— I am see _______ books.
A. some B. any C. much D. a lot
( ) 15. They have two children, ____ son and _____ daughter.
A. one, the other B. a, the other C. a, one D. a, a
四、用所给的动词适当形式填空。12%(每空 1分)
1. _________ (not put) your things here, please.
2. Miss Green _________ (teach) English and maths. She ______
(teach) maths now.
3. — Can I buy any school things from the shop now?
— No, it is __________ (close).
4. Mary often __________ (help) her mother __________ (make)
cakes at home.
5. — _________ Kate __________ (have) a Chinese lesson now?
— Yes, she __________.
— ______ Kate _______(have) a Chinese lesson every day?
— Yes, she __________.
五、情景交际，从 B 栏中找出与 A 栏相对应的句子。10%
A B
( )1. I'm sorry I'm late, Mr Black. A. Certainly, here you are.
( )2. May I borrow your English dictionary, Kate? B. She is a new student, Mary.
( )3. Who is the girl under the tree? C. That's sll right.
( )4. What's that in your box, Tom? D. It's ten yuan.
( )5. Welcome to my home. E. Thank you.
( )6. What's there in the lake? F. There is a boy swimming there.
( )7. How much is a piece of meat? G. Yes, we do.
( )8. Don't we have any eggs? H. Speaking, please.
( )9. May I speak to Uncle Wang, Please? I. A new pen.
( )10. What about going boating now? J. That's a good idea.
六、按要求完成下面句子。10%
1. Tom has lunch at school every day.(改为否定句)
Tom ___________ __________ lunch at school every day.
2. I'm sorry to be late today. (改为同义句)
I'm sorry __________ __________ today.
3. It's Sunday today. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ is it today?
4. Li Ming isn't here, because he is ill. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ Li Ming here?
5. The woman in white is Kate's mother. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ is Kate's mother?
七、下列各句 A、B、C、D 中有一处是错的，请把错误处的字母标号
写在括号内，并在横线上改正。10%
( ) 1. This is my the first day in this school. ____________
A B C D
( ) 2. The children are having a fun playing games.________
A B C D
( ) 3. Now let me call you names. ____________
A B C D
( ) 4. Please give my best wish to Mr Wu. ____________
A B C D
( ) 5. — Do you think English is quite different with Chinese?
A B C D
— Yes, I think so. ___________
八、把下面句子译成英语。6%
1. 多谢你的帮助。 _______________________________________
2. 玛丽叫我帮她考虑一个中国名字。
_____________________________________________________
3. 汤姆问我要上哪一所学校。
_____________________________________________________
九、完形填空：10%
Han Mei and Lucy are looking at 1 family photo.
“ 2 that?” asks Han Mei. “The man near the river.”
“That's my uncle,”says Lucy.“He likes fishing. Can you see what he is doing? He's 3 a fish.”
“Who are those people 4 the river?”
“Oh, they are 5 friends. You can't see them very 6 . They are 7 !”
“Where are you? Are you in the picture?”
“Yes, 8 on that boat, there, 9 the river!”
“Do you like boating?”
“Yes, I do. Look, there's my father. He's 10 lunch, and that's my mother. She's helping him.”
“It's a very nice photo.” says Han Mei.
( ) 1. A. Lucy's B. Lucy C. Han Mei's D. Han Mei
( ) 2. A. What's B. What are C. Who's D. Who're
( ) 3. A. buying B. catching C. playing D. putting
( ) 4. A. on B. at C. by D. in
( ) 5. A. my some B. many C. some of my D. my all
( ) 6. A. fine B. well C. good D. nice
( ) 7. A. skating B. skiing C. walking D. swimming
( ) 8. A. I and Lily are B. Lily and I am
C. I and Lily have D. Lily and I are
( ) 9. A. on B. in C. at D. near
( ) 10. A. having B. looking at C. doing D. making
十、阅读下面短文，然后判断句子正“T”误 “F”。10%
Miss Zhao is a new teacher of Class One. She teacher English. She likes wearing a white dress. She speaks English very well. The students like her lessons very much, and she loves her students. But she doesn't know all their names. Li Lei is the monitor (班长). he has all the names on a piece of paper. He gives the paper to Miss Zhao.
( ) 1. Miss Zhao is a teacher of English.
( ) 2. She likes wearing a white blouse.
( ) 3. She likes her students.
( ) 4. She knows some of the students' names.
( ) 5. The monitor tells her the names of his class.
新编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷 (Unit 2)
A 卷
班级：______ 座号：______ 姓名：_________
一、在下列各组单词中，找出一个重音位置不同于其它三个的词。5%
( ) 1. A. afraid B. company C. dinner D. housework
( ) 2. A. happy B. hotel C. traffic D. holiday
( ) 3. A. second B. agree C. country D. century
( ) 4. A. boating B. carrot C. meaning D. September
( ) 5. A. restaurant B. never C. machine D. Saturday
二、词汇。20%
(1) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(12分)(每空1分)
1. Are you going ________ a trip to the seaside?
2. Do they have any ________ getting to the top of the mountain?
3. Mary is tired. So she is going to ________ a ________.
4. ________ up or we'll be late.
5. They are going to the shop to do some ________.
6. Let's ________ with the first two lines below(以下).
7. The child is eating a new ________ of fruit.
8. — What are you going to ________ ?
— We are going to ________ the game on TV.
9. The shoes are too dirty (脏的). I'm going to ________ them.
10. — What's your ________ fruit? — Apples.
(2) 用所给的词适当形式填空。(8分)
1. My bike is ________ (break). May I borrow ________ (you)?
2. Mr John is a ________ (Canada).
3. Miss Chen is a _____________ worker. She does everything
________ (care).
4. They are going to have a ________ (meet) tomorrow.
5. Would you like to go ________ (hike) with us?
6. She goes to school ________ (early) than (比) yesterday.
三、选择填空。15%
( ) 1. We are going to discuss the matter ____.
A. on next Sunday B. next Sunday
C. in next Sunday D. at next Sunday
( ) 2. ______ are you going _____?
A. Where, / B. Where, to C. What, / D. How, to do
( ) 3. Let the students _____ it this afternoon.
A. to do B. doing C. do D. does
( ) 4. I'm sure that's going to ____.
A. be a fun B. be fun C. have a fun D. have fun
( ) 5. Are you going boating ______ the river?
A. by B. near C. in D. on
( ) 6. Class One often play ______ with Class Two.
A. a basketball B. the basketball
C. basketball D. basketballs
( ) 7. Is Ann going to see Uncle Huang the day _____?
A. after today B. after tomorrow
C. before yesterday D. after yesterday
( ) 8. They are discussing ____they are going to do the work.
A. what B. that C. how D. /
( ) 9. — Which way may we ______? — This way, please.
A. go B. go to C. come D. come to
( ) 10. Sometimes we go out ____ a walk after supper.
A. to B. by C. of D. for
( ) 11. — I'm sorry I forget your name. — ______.
A. You are right B. You're welcome
C. Not at all D. It doesn't matter
( ) 12. She is writing ____ the blackboard not ____ the paper.
A. on, on B. on, in C. at, on D. in, in
( ) 13. — Do you usually go to school by bus?
— _____. I often go to school by bike.
A. Yes, I do B. No, I don't C. Yes, I don't' D. No, I do
( ) 14. She uses a dictionary _____ her learn English.
A. help B. helping C. to help D. for
( ) 15. — Can you answer all the questions _____ page 80.
— No. But I can answer ______.
A. on, some of them B. on, any of them
C. in, many of them D. at, any of them
四、情景交际，从 B 栏中找出与 A 栏相对应的句子。10%
A B
( )1. Are you going fishing? A. Certainly, here you are.
( )2. We're not going to the party B. Because he has something important to do.
( )3. Be quick. The train is leaving. C. He's a bus driver.
( )4. Why does she have to go? D. Why not? We're going to have a lot of fun there.
( )5. What's your father's job? E. No. I'm going to stay at home and watch TV.
五、选用框格中所给的句子，完成下面对话。20%
A：What are you going to do tomorrow?
( )B： 1 .How about you?
A：We are going hiking.
( )B： 2 .
A：To the mountain.
( )B： 3 .
A：Ten of us.
( )B： 4 .
( )A：Certainly, 5 .
( )B： 6 .
A：By bike.
( )B： 7 .
A：Apples and pears.
( )B：By the way, 8 .
A：At nine.
( )B： 9 .
A：What about eight?
( )B： 10 . See you tomorrow.
A：See you then.
六、用框格中的动词适当形式填空，每词只能使用一次。10%
Jill _______ an American boy. He ________ in a middle school in Beijing. His parents are in Beijing, too. Jill ________ with them. His father ________ in a college (大学). His mother is a doctor. She __________ in a hospital. They ________ China and the Chinese people. And they ________ Chinese food very much. They often ________ to the restaurant to ________ chinese food. They all _________ China is a great country.
七、句形转换：根据要求完成下面句子，每空只填一个单词。10%(每空 0.5分)
1. She does some housework in the evening. (改为否定句)
She ________ ________ ________ housework in the evening.
2. Kate has a seat next to Ann. (改为疑问句)
________ Kate ________ a seat next to Ann?
3. They are going to have a picnic tomorrow.(改为同义句)
They are going to ________ ________ a picnic tomorrow.
4. Why don't you go shopping with us?(改为同义句)
________ ________ go shopping with us?
5. Tom walks to school every day. (改为同义句)
Tom ________ to school ________ ________ every day.
6. There are ten flowers in the basket. (对句子划线部分提问)
________ ________ flowers ________ ________ in the basket?
7. He sees a boat on the river. (对句子划线部分提问)
________ ________ he see on the river?
8. John and Tom often meet Mr King in the street on
Sundays?(对句子划线部分提问)
____________ ____________ John and Tom often meet in
the street on Sundays?
八、阅读理解，根据短文内容，选择正确答案。10%
There are many of ants (蚂蚁) in America. One kind of them is very strong (强壮的). People are afraid of it, and animals are afraid of it, too.
There ants move in large groups. They eat all the animals on their way. They can kill (杀死) and eat any elephants (大象) and they can eat wood (木头) houses. Sometimes the ants can kill people. When the ants come near, people leave their homes. But people are sometimes glad after the ants pass through, because they acn see no insects (昆虫) or snakes (蛇).
( ) 1. Some ants in America can be very _____.
A. heavy B. strong C. light D. thick
( ) 2. People and animals are afraid of _____.
A. one kind of ants B. all kinds of ants
C. small ants D. big ants
( ) 3. People get away from the ants because _____.
A. they can eat and kill elephants
B. they can eat wood houses too
C. They travel in large group
D. they can even kill people
( ) 4. — Why do the insects or the snakes disappear (消灭)
after the ants pass through? — ______.
A.They hide (隐藏) themselves under the ground (地面).
B. They move to other places before the ants come.
C. The ants kill and eat the insects and the snakes.
D. People kill the insects and the snakes.
( ) 5. — Which is the best title (题目) for the story?
— ______.
A. Ants B. American Ants C. A Big Ant D. A Strong Ant
新编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷 (Unit 1 ~ 2)
B 卷
班级：______ 座号：______ 姓名：_________
一、选出你所听到的单词。(每个词听二遍) 5%
( ) 1. A. help B. health C. head D. heavy
( ) 2. A. team B. tear C. tell D. term
( ) 3. A. smoke B. smog C. sock D. stop
( ) 4. A. fifty B. fish C. field D. fifth
( ) 5. A. draw B. door C. down D. doll
二、听对话，选择正确的答语。(每小题听二遍) 10%
( ) 1. A. Ann. B. Wei Hua.
C. Ann and Wei Hua. D. I'm sorry I don't know.
( ) 2. A. Sunday. B. Tuesday. C. Wednesday. D. Saturday.
( ) 3. A. Kate. B. Mary. C. Ann. D. B and C.
( ) 4. A. Five B. Six. C. Seven. D. Eight.
( ) 5. A. Liu Ying and Han Mei. B. Han Mei and Liu Ying.
C. Kate and Han Mei. D. Liu Ying.
三、在下列各组中找出划线部分与所给单词划线部分读音相同的词。5%
( ) 1. A. only B. often C. today D. code
( ) 2. A. land B. water C. happy D. wash
( ) 3. A. east B. sweater C. clean D. great
( ) 4. A. ball B. half C. salesgirl D. walk
( ) 5. A. fifth B. health C. with D.they
四、词汇：17%
(1) 用所给的词适当形式填空。(5分)
1. She is ________ (worry) about that matter.
2. There are two __________ (knife) on the table.
3. The __________ (eight) lesson is hard to learn.
4. Do you know the ________ (mean) of the word?
5. The child is running __________ (quick) into the house.
(2) 根据题意适当的词填空。(12分)
This is a picture __________ a beautiful sea. __________ sea is blue. There __________ some ships __________ it. We can _______ three people near the sea. A man, a woman __________ a boy. We can see __________ sun in the sky. There __________ a lot of birds in the sky, __________. There is a house near the sea. It's a new house. Do many people __________ in __________? Sorry, I __________ know.
五、选择填空。10%
( ) 1. — Let's go boating ______ the river.
— No. Let's go fishing ______ the lake.
A. on, in B. in, on C. in, in D. on, on
( ) 2. — Are we going ______ the mountains?
— Yes. Now let's discuss ___ we are going to get there.
A. on, how B. to, how C. on, when D. to, what
( ) 3. Class Two ______ big. There ______ fifty students in it.
A. are, are B. is, is C. is, are D. are is
( ) 4. — Are they going hiking ______ their field trip?
— Yes. But I don't know ______ they are going.
A. to, how B. to, why C. to, where D. on, where
( ) 5. Can you use the following sentences ___your own questions
A. make B. make up C. making D. to make up
( ) 6. We are going to discuss the questions. Would you like ____?
A. to B. to come C. coming D. come
( ) 7. — Are you going hiking _____ week?
— No. We are going hiking _____ Sunday.
A. next, this B. the next, this C. next, on this D. the next, on
( ) 8. Can you see many different _____ there?
A. kind of apples B. kinds of apples
C. kinds of apple D. kind of apple
( ) 9. — What does John often do? — _____.
A. He's a driver B. He works hard
C. He goes to school late D. He plays pingpong
( ) 10. — What time are you going to leave? — _____.
A. Ten o'clock B. Two hours
C. Early in the morning D. Sometimes
六、用框格中所提供的选项，完成下面对话，其中二个为多余选项。10%
( ) 1. — May I borrow your ruler? — _______________
( ) 2. — How are your parents? — _______________
( ) 3. — I'm sorry I'm late. — _______________
( ) 4. — How do you usually go to school every day?
— _______________
( ) 5. — Thanks a lot. — _______________
( ) 6. — Can I call you Mr John? — _______________
( ) 7. — How many boats can you see in the river?
— _______________
( ) 8. — Are you going shopping? —_______________
( ) 9. — What are you good at drawing? —_______________
( ) 10. — What would you like to listen to? — _______________
七、句型转换，要按要求完成下各句。8%(每空 0.5分)
1. Why not do the work now? (改为同义句)
__________ __________ you do the work now?
2. Many people go swimming? (改为同义句)
__________ __________ __________ people go swimming.
3. We do it no more. (改为同义句)
We __________ do it __________ __________.
4. Let's have a picnic. (改为同义句)
Let's __________ __________ a picnic.
5. He wants to see the park again, because it is very
beautiful.(对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ he want to see the park again?
6. Mike is going boating with Kate. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ is Mike going boating __________?
7. They are going to discuss the questions. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ are they going to __________?
8. It's about nine o'clock by my watch. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ is it by your watch?
八、把下列句子译成英语。15%
1. 在聚会上我们肯定会玩得很痛快。
_____________________________________________________
2. 吉姆是詹姆斯(James)的简称。
_____________________________________________________
3. 我们在做这工作时遇到一些问题。
_____________________________________________________
4. 吉姆被鞋子绊倒了。
_____________________________________________________
5. 恐怕我们走错了路。
_____________________________________________________
九、完形填空：10%
A lot of English people have three names：a first name, a middle name and the family name.Their family name comes 1 .For example, my 2 name is Jim Allan White. White is my 3 name. My 4 give me both (两个) of my other names.
People don't use their 5 names very often. So ？“John Henry Brown” is usually 6 “John Brown”. People never use Mr, Mrs or Miss before their 7 names. So you can say, John Brown, or Mr Brown； 8 you should never say Mr John. They use Mr, Mrs or Miss 9 the family name.
This is 10 from Chinese names. The first name is the family name, and the last name is the given name.
( ) 1. A. last B. third C. second D. first
( ) 2. A. first B. middle C. last D. full
( ) 3. A. given B. first C. family D. middle
( ) 4. A. uncles B. parents C. brothers D. teachers
( ) 5. A. / B. own (自己的) C. first D. middle
( ) 6. A. call B. called C. calling D. calls
( ) 7. A. first B. giving C. last D. parents
( ) 8. A. and B. for C. but D. so
( ) 9. A. of B. by C. given D. with
( ) 10. A. same B. different C. difference D. not
十、阅读理解，阅读下面短文，然后选择填空。 10%
How do the students come to school
There are forty - eight students in our class. There are twenty - three boys and twenty - five girls. Some students live near the school, and some others live far from school. About half of the students usually come to school by bike. They often get to school at a quarter to seven. About fourteen students often come to school by bus. They often get to school very early, too. Another ten students come to school on foot. Their homes are near the school, but they are often late for school, because they get up late.
( ) 1. ______ live near the school.
A. Some of the students B. Half of the students
C. No students D. All the students
( ) 2. ______ students come to school by bike.
A. Twenty - four B. Twenty - three
C. Twenty - five D. Forty - eight
( ) 3. Ten of the students ______.
A. come to school by bike B. come to school late
C. come to school very early D. live in the school
( ) 4. Some students get to school by bike at _______.
A. 7∶35 B. 7∶30 C. 6∶45 D. 6∶30
( ) 5. _______ students come to school on foot.
A. Thirty B. Twenty C. Thirty - eight D. Ten
新编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷 (Unit 3)
A 卷
班级：______ 座号：______ 姓名：_________
一、在下列各组单词中找出划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词。5%
( ) 1. A. company B. maths C. language D. factory
( ) 2. A. dark B. harvest C. quarter D. market
( ) 3. A. fish B. festival C. live D. list
( ) 4. A. foot B. book C. washroom D. mooncake
( ) 5. A. autumn B. stand C. lesson D. important
二、词汇。10%
(1) 根据英文释义写出对应单词。(5分)
1. __________ one more；one of the same kind
2. __________ time when you learn something with a teachers;
what you learn
3. __________ not at any times
4. __________ girl selling things
5. __________ big shop
(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(5分)
1. — Are you free tomorrow?
— No. I have __________ to do.
2. The cakes are sweet with nuts __________.
3. Let me have a __________ . Mmm! It's very delicious.
4. — I'm __________ now. May I eat the the mooncakes, Mum?
5. Are you going home __________ the Mid - Autumn Festival?
三、选择填空。10%
( ) 1. I don't like ______ meat ______ eggs.
A. some, and B. any, and C. any, or D. some, or
( ) 2. He has a ruler in one of his hands. What's in ____ hand?
A. other B. the other C. another D. others
( ) 3. She lives in a room ______ two windows.
A. with B. and C. of D. about
( ) 4. Jake is a student of ______.
A. my sister friend B. my sister's friend
C. my sister's friends D. my sister's friend's
( ) 5. Your dictionary is different from ______.
A. I B. my C. me D. mine
( ) 6. ______ all the teachers in No. 1 Middle School, Mr
White is tallest.
A. With B. Of C. In D. From
( ) 7. — Which kind of mooncakes do you like?
— I like the ______ with nuts ______ them.
A. one, in B. ones, with C. ones, in D. ones, for
( ) 8. I'd like you ______ my teacher, Miss King.
A. to meet B. meet C. meeting D. to
( ) 9. Mr Read is __________ than Mr Green.
A. short B. shorter C. the shorter D. the shortest
( ) 10. She is ______ than I.
A. very fast B. very faster C. so faster D. much faster
四、用适当的动填空，完成对话。16% (每空 1分)
A：Lucy, would you __________ one of these mooncakes?
L：Yes, _________. Oh, _________ Mid - Autumn Festival today.
A：Yes. On that day families get __________ and __________
the bright, round moon.
L：(Eating mooncakes) Mmm! It's delicious. I ________ it a lot.
A：This is the best. Look! It has nuts __________.
L：Oh, I see. It's great.
A：Do you know call it mooncake?
L：Yes, It looks __________ the moon.
A： ____________.It's a round delicious cake. There are many
different _______________ of mooncakes in China. I like
mooncakes __________ meat and eggs.
L：I like mooncakes __________ Fuzhou better.
A：Would you like __________ one?
L：Oh, _______________. Thank you. I'm not hungry. I'm quite
__________ now.
五、句形转换，按要求完成下面各各：8% (每空 1分)
1. She has some books in her hand. (改为否定句)
She __________ __________ __________ books in her hand.
2. Tom is short. Mike is shorter. (合并为一句)
Mike is __________ __________ Tom.
3. Why do you buy the cards? (改为同义句)
__________ do you buy the cards __________?
4. Would you like one more cake? (改为同义句)
Would you like __________ __________?
5. We have lunch in the middle of the day. (改为同义句)
We have lunch __________ __________.
6. Jim is the tallest boy in his class. (改为同义句)
Jim is __________ __________ any other boy in his class.
7. Lily likes eating mooncake. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ Lily like eating?
8. They play games near the school. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ they play games?
六、用框格中所给的动词正确形式填空。10%
Sam ___________ Chinese very much. He ____________ hard. He ___________ Chinese in the early morning. He like __________ Chinese with others. He often _____________ the Radio Beijing. He ____________ TV every Saturday and Sunday. He doesn't like ____________ .But he like reading and _____________.His parent __________ he is a good child. His teacher often __________ his in the class.
七、改错：以下各句均有一处错误，请把错误处的字母标号写在括号
内，并改正在横线上。12%
( ) 1. The Chinese people eat mooncakes in that day. _____________
A B C D
( ) 2. Thank you to give me so much help. __________
A B C D
( ) 3. She often meets her teacher, Miss Green, on her way school.
A B C D __________
( ) 4. The Mid - Autumn Festival usually comes in September
A B C
and October. __________
D
( )5.Would Kate and you like to eat mooncakes with us this evening?
A B C D __________
( ) 6. Do you like the mooncake? It has sweet something
A B C
inside. __________
D
八、把下面句子翻译成英语。12%
1. 他们正在露天中跳舞。
_____________________________________________________
2. 这把钢笔与那把一样的吗？
_____________________________________________________
3. 我们每年庆祝五一节(May Day)。
_____________________________________________________
4. 约翰每年这时候都去徒行旅行。
_______________________________________________________
九、完形填空：10%
The Spring Festival is the Chinese 1 . It usually 2 in February. Everyone in China 3 the Spring Festival very much. When the festival comes families get together to 4 it. They 5 dumplings, New Year's cakes and 6 delicios food. On the eve (前夜) of the festival all families eat a big dinner, then 7 TV or do something they 8 . 9 the day of the Spring Festival, people usually go to see their friends or relatives (亲戚). 10 a happy day they have every year!
( ) 1. A New Year's Day B. Mid - Antumn Day
C. free day D. May Day
( ) 2. A. goes on B. comes C. goes D. starts
( ) 3. A. is like B. like C. likes D. very likes
( ) 4. A. see B. make C. work D. celebrate
( ) 5. A. do B. make C. sell D. play
( ) 6. A. many B. many other C. some other D. others
( ) 7. A. see B. watch C. look at D. look after
( ) 8. A. like B. are like C. have D. eat
( ) 9. A. In B. At C. On D. Of
( ) 10. A. What B. How C. So D. It's
十、阅读下面短文，然后判断句子正“T”误 “F”。10%(每空 0.5分)
Lily：May I borrow your pen, please?
Li Ping：Sorry, I'm using it now. Please ask Wang Hua. He has one.
Lily：Excuse me, Wang Han.
Wang Hua：Yes?
Lily：What are you doing now?
Wang Hua：I'm reading a book.
Lily：I borrow your pen, please?
Wang Hua：Certainly. Here you are.
Lily：Oh, thank you. But there is no ink (墨水) in this red
one. May I borrow the black one?
Wang Hua：OK, here it is.
Lily：Thank you very much.
Wang Hua：You're welcome.
Lily is a __________ of Grade Two. She doesn't __________ a __________ .She wants to __________ one from Li Ping. But he is _________ it now. __________ Lily asks Wang Hua to lend (借) her a _________. Wang Ping has ________ pens. One is ________.The other is __________. Wang Hua lets Lily have the _________one. And Lily asys“ __________ __________ __________ ”to wang Hua.
初二 (上)英语单元同步检测(一)
Unit 1
第Ⅰ卷 听力测试 (选择题 20分)
Ⅰ. 听辨音 (共 5小题，计 5分)
从每小题 A、B、C、C 中找出你所听到的单词，每小题听一遍。
( ) 1. A. fine B. fan C. fun D. bank
( ) 2. A. bird B. first C. girl D. ball
( ) 3. A. traffic B. take C. read D. train
( ) 4. A. with B. text C. wish D. grade
( ) 5. A. thanks B. round C. welcome D. matter
Ⅱ. 单句理解 (共 5小题，计 5分)
从 A、B、C、D 中找出一个与所听句子意思最接近的句子。
( ) 6. A. He can tell you all our names.
B. He doesn't know all our names.
C. He knows all our names.
D. He knows one our names.
( ) 7. A. We have Lesson One. B. First, let's have a lesson.
C. Let's have our lesson. D. We'll go to a lesson.
( ) 8. A. You look fine. B. You look worried.
C. You are the same. D. You are in the same class.
( ) 9. A. He is buying something. B. He is reading something.
C. He is eating something. D. He is cooking something.
( ) 10. A. She likes playing basketball every day.
B. He likes to play football every afternoon.
C. He doesn't like anything. D. She doesn't like anything.
Ⅲ. 情景反应(共 5小题，计 5分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出能正确应答你所听到的句
子的那一个，每小题听两遍。
( ) 11. A. The same to you. B. Welcome back to school.
C. Thank you. D. Not at all.
( ) 12. A. Yes, I am. B. We are not on.
C. I am a new student. D. I am, sir.
( ) 13. A. How do you do? B. He's Mike.
C. My name is Lucy. D. I don't know.
( ) 14. A. Yes. She goes to school every day. B. By bike.
C. Yes, on foot. D. No, she doesn't.
( ) 15. A. I don't want to give it to you.
B. I have one, here you are.
C. Yes, I have. D. No, I don't.
Ⅳ. 短文理解 (共 5小题，计 5分)
根据所听到的短文内容，选择正确的答语。
( ) 16. When does Jim get up in the morning?
A. At 6∶30 B. At 6∶00 C. At 7∶00 D. At 7∶15
( ) 17. Where does he have lunch on weekdays?
A. At home. B. At school. C. At the table. D. At the desk.
( ) 18. Does he watch TV on Sunday evening?
A. No, he doesn't. B. Yes, he does.
C. Yes, he is. D. No, he isn't
( ) 19. How many people are there in his family?
A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five.
( ) 20. Does he go to bed at nine?
A. Yes, he does. B. No, he isn't C. No, he doesn't D. Yes, he can.
第Ⅱ卷 笔试(选择题 55分)
Ⅴ. 单项选择 (共 30小题，计 30分)
A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中找出其划线部分读音不同的一个。
( ) 21. A. welcome B. soldier C. photo D. those
( ) 22. A. worker B. teacher C. term D. over
( ) 23. A. grandma B. paper C. family D. cat
( ) 24. A. play B. away C. may D. Sunday
( ) 25. A. time B. like C. listen D. bike
B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出能正确完成下面单词的那一个。
( ) 26. f ____ st A. ir B. ri C. ea D. er
( ) 27. p ____ ce A. ie B. ei C. ai D. ee
( ) 28. sh ____ t A. er B. or C. ur D. re
( ) 29. tr ____ fic A. of B. af C. ef D. if
( ) 30. m_____n A. er B. ea C. ae D. ie
(C) 从每小题 A、B、C、D中选出可以填入空白的那一个。
( ) 31. Mr Wu _____ up at six every morning.
A. gets B. get C. is geting D. to get
( ) 32. They often ______ to see me on Sunday.
A. comes B. are coming C. to come D, come
( ) 33.Please come ______and sit ______.
A. to, in B, back, off C. in, up D. in, down
( ) 34. It's time for class. Please listen _____ the teacher.
A. to B. at C. of D. from
( ) 35. — What do you like _______? — I like ________.
A. do, run B. doing, runing
C. do, running D. doing, running
( ) 36. — How much water ______ in the bottle?
— Sorry, there _____ any.
A. there is, in't B. there are, aren't
C. is there, isn't D. is there, aren't
( ) 37. Can you help _____ the house?
A. to clean B. cleaning C. cleans D. is cleaning
( ) 38. Why don't you make _______ a card?
A. his B. its C. him D. she
( ) 39. Jim is short _______ James.
A. to B. for C. × D. of
( ) 40. For example, a man called Zhou Jian puts his family
name Zhou _____.
A. first B. the first C. in the first D. at first
( ) 41. What about ______ at four in the afternoon?
A. meet B. to meet C. met D. meeting
( ) 42. My full name is James Allan Green. Allan is my __.
A. given name B. family name
C. father's name D. mother's name.
( ) 43. Listen! She _____ in the next room.
A. are singing B. sings C. is singing D. to sing
( ) 44. Can you give me _____?
A. a paper B. some paper
C. a piece of paper D. papers
( ) 45. Please _____ on time.
A. is B. in C. be D. are
( ) 46. We are going to talk ___ Chinese and English names.
A. with B. about C. to D. in
( ) 47. “Why don't you come _____? ” The teacher asked.
A. later B. earlier C. late D. early
( ) 48. — What _____ your classmates _____?
— I don't know. I think some of them are singing.
A. do, do B. are, do C. are, doing D. is, doing
( ) 49. Lucy ___ to reach the flowers on the tree, so she ___
a chair under it.
A. is wanting, is puting B. wants, is putting
C. wants, put D. is wanting, puts
( ) 50. There _____ a lot of milk in the bottle.
A. is B. are C. be D. have
Ⅵ. 完形填空 (共 10 小题，计 10分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案，完成短文。
Look! There 51 some students in the classroom. They 52 their classroom. 53 boys are cleaning the windows. 54 are sweeping (扫) the floor. Some girls are cleaning 55 . Other girls 56 the doors. Two boys are putting up some pictures 57 the wall and two girls are putting up 58 on the wall. They 59 their classroom clean and beautiful (漂亮的). They 60 their class very much.
( ) 51. A. is B. are C. am D.be
( ) 52. A. clean B. cleans C. are cleaning D. cleaning
( ) 53. A. Some of B. Some of the C. Some of a D. One of
( ) 54. A. Some boys B. Some boy
C. Other boys D. The other
( ) 55. A. a chair and a desk B. some chairs and desks
C. the chair and desk D. chair and desk
( ) 56. A. are cleaning B. are making C. clean D. cleans
( ) 57. A. in B. for C. of D. on
( ) 58. A. map of China B .the Chinese map
C. a map of China D. China map
( ) 59. A. are cleaning B. are making
C. are seeing D. is making
( ) 60. A. are liking B. is liking C. likes D.like
Ⅶ. 阅读理解 (计 15分)
(A) 阅读短文，然后从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出能完成句子的选项。
Mrs Green is going to give a birthday party for Mary. Mary is her daughter. Mary is going to be thirteen years old. A lot of friends of Mary's are going to come to the party. They are all girls and there are twenty of them.
Mrs Green is getting ready for the party. Mrs White is helping her.
“That's a pretty cake,” Mrs White says to Mrs Green.
“Thank you very much.”
Mrs Green is going shopping now. She's buying fruit for the party, too.
Mrs Green buys some fruit. She buys a lot of pears, apples, oranges and bananas. Then she goes home.
It's three o'clock in the afternoon. Everything is ready. Now the first girl is arriving. The party is going to start in thirty minutes.
注意：be going to do something 表示“打算做某事”。
( ) 61. _____ is going to give a birthday party for Mary.
A. Mrs White B. Mrs Green C. Mary D. Mary's friends
( ) 62. Mary is going to be _____ years old.
A. twenty B. ten C. twelve D. thirteen
( ) 63. _____ are going to come to the party.
A. Thirty boys B. Twenty girls
C. Forty children D. Mrs Green and Mrs White
( ) 64. Mrs Green is buying _______ for the party.
A. a cake B. some fruit
C. some bananas and apples D. a lot of oranges
( ) 65. The party is going to begin at ____ in the afternoon.
A. two thirty B. three C. four D. three thirty
(B) 根据问句意思，从所给的选项中选出相应的答语，一项为多余选项。
( ) 66. May I come in, please?
( ) 67. What day is it today?
( ) 68. Would you like another cup of tea?
( ) 69. What time do you go to school every day?
( ) 70. Nice to meet you!
A. It's Monday. B. No, thank you.
C. At six thirty-five. D. Nice to meet you, too
E. Yes, please. F. That's all right.
第Ⅲ卷 笔试(非选择题 45分)
Ⅷ. 用所给动词的正确形式填空。(共 10小题，计 10分)
71. I'm thinking about what ____________ (say).
72. ____________ (not do) you have any meat for lunch?
73. Mr Wu wants me _____________ (give) a talk in class tomorrow.
74. You can't buy anything this time. The shop is___________(close).
75. Peter ____________ (sit) in a boat now.
76. I would like ____________ (drink) two bottles of milk for supper.
77. Let's ____________ (go) shopping tomorrow afternoon.
78. I can help you ____________(make) cakes.
79. May I ____________(call) you Huifang?
80. Father often ____________ (watch) TV news.
Ⅸ. 根据对话内容，填入正确的词使对话完整，每空一词 (计 10分)
A：81 you a new student?
B：Yes, I am. 82 83 you?
A：No, I'm not new. Where are you 84 ?
B：I'm from Hubei.
A：I'm Kate. What's your name?
B：My name is Zhou Jianguo.
A：May I 85 you Jianguo?
B：Sure. It's 86 87 my full name.
A：You speak English 88 .
B：Only 89 90 .
A：Well, welcome to our school. I think you'll like it soon.
Ⅹ. 句型转换 (共 15小题，计 15分)
(A) 根据 A 句完成 B 句，使其意义接近。
91. A. The boy is behind the door.
B. ____________ the boy behind the door?
92. A. What does Uncle Wang do?
B. ____________ ____________ Uncle Wang?
93. A. Where do you come from?
B. Where ____________ you ____________?
94. A. Don't come late to school next time.
B. Don't ____________ ____________ for school next time.
95. A. Can you lend your bike to me?
B. Can ____________ ____________ your bike?
(B) 根据题后要求改写句型。
96. He is walking to school now. (改为一般现在时)
He ____________ to ____________ every day.
97. Her sister studies English. (改为现在进行时)
Her sister ____________ ____________ English now.
98. Mr Wang teaches us English this term. (改为否定句)
Mr Wang ___________ ____________ us English this term.
99. Is Lily tall? Is Lily short? (改为选择疑问句)
____________ Lily tall ____________ short?
100. My mother is cooking now. (改为一般疑问句)
____________ your mother ____________ now?
101. Lucy usually comes to school on foot. (对划线部分提问)
____________ ____________ Lucy usually ____________
to school?
102. You go to school by car. (改为否定的祈使句)
____________ ____________ to school by car.
103. I get up at six in the morning. (对划线部分提问)
___________ ___________ you ____________ ____________
in the morning?
104. I am in Class One, Grade Two. She is in Class One,
Grade Two, too.(改成同义句)
We ____________ in ____________ ____________ class.
105. Lily is reading Chinese. (对划线部分提问)
____________ ____________ Lily ____________ ?
Ⅺ. 英语写作 (计 10分)
假设你是一位英语老师，新到一个班上第一节英语课，请你就师生问候、自我介绍、点名等情况写一篇短文，要求在 100字以上。
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
初二 (上)英语单元同步检测(二)
Unit 2
第Ⅰ卷 听力测试 (选择题 20分)
Ⅰ. 听辨单词 (共 5小题，计 5分)
从每小题 A、B、C、C 中找出你所听到的单词，每小题听一遍。
( ) 1. A. cup B. tree C. tea D. trip
( ) 2. A. homework B. housework C. hometown D. homesick
( ) 3. A. class B. glass C. grass D. discuss
( ) 4. A. text B. next C. test D. rest
( ) 5. A. tie B. die C. dry D. high
Ⅱ. 单句理解 (共 5小题，计 5分)
从 A、B、C、D 中找出一个与所听句子意思最接近的句子。
( ) 6. A. We are going to meet at four forty-five.
B. We are going to meet at fifteen to nine.
C. We are going to meet at five eight.
( ) 7. A. We are going to swim in the river.
B. We are going to buy cakes.
C. We are going to have a class this evening.
( ) 8. A. We are free next week.
B. We are going to buy some food.
C. We are going to help Li Lei with his Chinese.
( )9. A. The students like haveing classes.
B. The students like picking apples on a farm.
C. The students like staying with farmers.
( ) 10. A. We are going to see Uncle Wang.
B. We are going to go fishing.
C. We are going to have a field trip.
Ⅲ. 情景反应(共 5小题，计 5分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出能正确应答你所听到的句子的那一个，每小题听两遍。
( ) 11. A. I'm going to do my homework.
B. I'm going to see my uncle.
C. I'm going to the zoo. D. I'm going there next week.
( ) 12. A. I'm going to leave home.
B. I'm going to work at the factory.
C. I'm going to play basketball.
D. I'm going to leave at two o'clock.
( ) 13. A. Yes, I do. B. No, I don't.
C. No, I can't help you. D. Sure, let's go.
( ) 14. A. Yes, you must go. B. No, I don't know.
C. Yes, you are right. D. Certainly. You are welcome.
( ) 15. A. We're going to have a picnic.
B. She's going to hike to the top op the mountain.
C. She's going to watch a football match.
D. She's going to start at four.
Ⅳ. 听写单词 (共 5小题，计 5分)
根据所听到的短文内容，在横线上填入空缺词。
16. They have some __________ getting there. Jill often goes
the __________ way.
17. She couldn't __________ well last night. Now she is very __________. 18. That's going to be __________. We're going to have lots of __________.
19.The teacher __________ Tom is a _________ boy.
20. Where is your class going __________ a __________ trip?
第Ⅱ卷 笔试(选择题 65分)
Ⅴ. 单项选择 (共 30小题，计 30分)
(A) 找出下列每组单词的划线部分各有几种读音。
A一种 B二种 C三种 D四种
( ) 21. A. Wrong B. colour C. do D. does
( ) 22. A. moon B. food C. door D. school
( ) 23. A. please B. meat C. great D. sea
( ) 24. A. exercise B. certainly C. bird D. turn
( ) 25. A. think B. with C. three D. thank
B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出能正确完成下面单词的那一个。
( ) 26. q ____ te A. ea B. oa C. uo D. ui
( ) 27. id ____ A. ee B. eo C. oe D. ea
( ) 28. m ____ tain A. ou B. on C. ouu D. uon
( ) 29. disc ____ A. iss B. ass C. uss D. oss
( ) 30. s ____ A. uer B. ure C. aue D. aer
(C) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白的那一个。
( ) 31. _____ Mr Li ______ English?
A. Do, teach B. Does, teaching
C. Does, teaches D. Does, teach
( ) 32. — Would you like ______ to eat ? — Yes, please.
A. something B. anything C. some D. any
( ) 33. Our class are going to go _____ a field trip.
A. for B. to C. on D. in
( ) 34. I would like _____ Uncle Wang next week.
A. see B. to see C. seeing D. sees
( ) 35. I'm going to help my mother _____ the clothes.
A. washes B. washs C. washing D. wash
( ) 36. They can _____ a little Japanese.
A. talk B. speak C. say D. tell
( ) 37. Is the teacher going _____ his class to the top?
A. to get B. getting C. gets D. geting
( ) 38. His grandpa was _____ two years ago.
A. die B. dies C. dead D. died
( ) 39. Look at the big apple tree. There are so many apples ____ it.
A. in B. under C. on D. behind
( ) 40. What about _____ a picnic?
A. go B. goes C. going D. to go
( ) 41. They are going to the zoo, _____ ?
A. don't they B. aren't they C. are they D. do they
( ) 42. Peter _____ his key in the room now.
A. is looking for B. look for C. looks for D. are looking for
( ) 43. Can I keep the picture-book _______ longer?
A. more B. little C. some D. a little
( ) 44. The tallest boy comes _____ America.
A. in B. on C. from D. at
( ) 45. Please read Lily's letter ____ his friend ____ the USA.
A. from, in B. to, in C. about, to D. on, of
( ) 46. In my family, everyone _____ singing.
A. like B. liking C. likes D. picking
( ) 47. I think I can do _____ than before.
A. better B. well C. looking D. picking
( ) 48. What are they going to do _____ this evening?
A. on B. / C. at D. in
( ) 49. Are you going to _____ a swim tomorrow?
A. have B. do C. get D. go
( ) 50. Come here, Lucy, and put _____ this new overcoat.
A. off B. on C. down D. in
Ⅵ. 完形填空 (共 20 小题，计 20分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案，完成短文。
(A)
Bill lives and works in Birminham (伯明翰). He works hard from Monday to Friday. 51 Saturday and Sunday he has nothing much to do. 52 he goes to the cinema (电影院). Sometimes he goes to see his 53 . This weekend he is going to London 54 his good friend Mike. They are going to see their friends there 55 train. On Friday afternoon Jack is going to take them home in his car. They 56 with Jack for the weekend. On Saturday morning. Jack is going to take them to Oxford University (牛津大学). That evening they're going back in London. They are going to 57 a volleyball match in a stadium (体育馆).
on Sunday, Jack is going to 58 them to 59 beautiful parks in London. They are going to take 60 six o'clock train back to Birminham.
( ) 51. A.In B. On C. At D. About
( ) 52. A. Sometimes B. Always C. Usually D. Often
( ) 53. A. friend B. friends C. friends D. more friendly
( ) 54. A. on B. with C. in D. by
( ) 55. A. on B. in C. by D. with
( ) 56. A. are going to stay B. going to stay
C. stays D. staying
( ) 57. A. see B. watch C. look D. look at
( ) 58. A. take B. get C. bring D. carry
( ) 59. A. little B. few C. a few D. a little
( ) 60. A. a B. an C. the D. ×
(B)
Mr and Mrs Smith 61 in a big city, and they have 62 .His name is Jim, and he 63 to wash. One day 64 Smith said to her husband,“ 65 in the city all the time isn't good for Jim.” So last summer they found a small house 66 the country and took Jim there for a holiday.
When 67 got to house, Mre Smith said to Jim, “We 68 to stay here for two weeks.”
The boy ran into the house and looked in all the rooms, and then he ran back to his mother and said (说) to her, “I can't find the bath tub (浴缸). 69 is it?”“This is a very small house, Jim,” his mother said,“and there is 70 bath tub.”“That's very good, ” Jim said, “This is going to be a very nice holiday.”
( ) 61. A. live B. lives C. liveing D. lived
( ) 62. A. a cat B. a dog C. a son D. a daughter
( ) 63. A. don't like B. doesn't like C. don't likes D. doesn't likes
( ) 64. A. Mrs B. Mr C. Miss D. Jim
( ) 65. A. live B. lives C. liveing D. lives
( ) 66. A. on B. in C. at D. of
( ) 67. A. them B. she C. they D. he
( ) 68. A. is going B. am going C. are go D. are going
( ) 69. A. When B. Where C. What D. How
( ) 70. A. no B. not C. any D. some
Ⅶ. 阅读理解 (共 10小题，计 15分)
(A) 阅读短文，从各题中选出符合短文内容的正确答案。
One night a hotel was on fire and people who were staying in it ran our in their night clothes. Two of them were now standing outside and watching the fire.
“Before I come out,” said the short one, “I ran into some of the rooms and found a lot of money. You see, people don't think of money when they're frightened (害怕). When anyone leaves paper money in a fire, the fire burns it. So I look all the notes (纸币) that I could find. No one will be poorer because I took them.”
“You don't know me, ” said the other, “and my work.”
“What's your work?”
“I'm a policeman.”
The short man laughed, “Do you know who I am?”
“No,” said the policeman.
“To tell you the truth, I'm a writer. I'm always telling stories about things that never happen (发生).”
( ) 71. A. Before the hotel was on fire, the people ran out.
B. After the hotel was on fire, the people ran out.
C. Before the hotel was on fire, the people ran in.
D. After the hotel was ojn fire, the people ran in.
( ) 72. A. The other man was a teacher.
B. The other man was a fireman (消防队员).
C. The other man was a thief (小偷).
D. The other man was really a writer.
( ) 73. A. The short man was really a writer.
B. The short man was really a thief.
C. The short man was working in the hotel.
D. The short man was really a foolish man.
( ) 74. A. Now the policeman will punish (惩罚) him.
B. Now the policeman caught him.
C. Now the policeman punished him.
D. Now the policeman could not punish him.
( ) 75. A. When people were frightened, they didn't think of money.
B. When people were frightened, they didn't think of anything.
C. When people were frightened, they didn't think of fire.
D. When people were frightened, they didn't think of their clothes.
B) 根据对话内容，从所给的选项中选出能完成对话的正确答案，有一项为多余选项。
A：Are you free tomorrow?
B： 76
A：I'm going to the street.
B： 77
A：I'm going to buy a pen.
B：Is your pen broken?
A： 78
B：Sure! When are we going to leave?
A： 79
B： 80
A：On the road outside the school gate.
A. What are you going to buy? B. Nothing much. Why?
C. About seven thirty. D. Yes. Can you go with me?
E. Where are we going to meet F. How are we going to get there?
第Ⅲ卷 笔试(非选择题 35分)
Ⅷ. 用所给动词的正确形式填空。(共 10小题，计 10分)
81. Look! What __________ the boy __________ (do)?
82. What __________ they __________ (do) next saturday?
83. My father usually ________ (watch) TV on Sunday evening.
84. Sometimes I __________ (come) to school on foot.
85. What are you going _____________ (do) this afternoon?
I __________ (have) a swim.
86. Please __________ (come) to school earlier. Don't __________ (be) late.
87. My sister likes __________ (swim) very much.
88. Don't you want __________ (go) for a walk?
89. Mrs Li often helps us __________ (make) the bed.
90. What about __________ (hike) to the top of a mountain?
Ⅸ. 同义句转换 (计 10分)
91. My father buys a new bike for me.
My father __________ __________ a new bike.
92. He's going to the shops this afternoon.
He's going to __________ __________ this afternoon.
93. They aren't going to have any classes next week.
They are going to _________ ________ ________ next week.
94. Miss Gao often helps me study English.
Miss Gao often helps me __________ __________ English.
95. Why not have some orange?
_________ __________ __________ have __________ orange?
96. It's time to have supper.
It's time __________ __________.
97. Don't you want to swim now?
Don't you want to _________ __________ __________ now?
98. Everyone in China likes Spring Festival.
__________ the __________ people like Spring Festival.
Ⅹ. 英语写作 (计 10分)
写一段对话，内容是你与你的同桌交谈各自下周打算做某事，开头已给出。
A：What are you going to do next Saturday?
B：I'm going to… Would you like to come?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
初二 (上)英语单元同步检测(三)
Unit 3
第Ⅰ卷 听力测试 (选择题 20分)
Ⅰ. 听辨音 (共 5小题，计 5分)
从每小题 A、B、C、C 中找出你所听到的单词，每小题听一遍。
( ) 1. A. round B. road C. land D. mend
( ) 2. A. sorry B. worry C. hungry D. Mary
( ) 3. A. housework B. homework C. mooncake D. monkey
( ) 4. A. one kind B. a kind of C. many kinds D. kinds of
( ) 5. A. grade B. taste C. celebrate D. street
Ⅱ. 单句理解 (共 5小题，计 5分)
从 A、B、C、D 中找出一个与所听句子意思最接近的句子。
( ) 6. A. Are all of us like weekdays? B. Is everyone here today?
C. Are we all very free today? D. What day is it today?
( ) 7. A. Ann isn't younger than Kate.
B. Kate and Ann look the same.
C. Ann and Kate are twins. D. Kate is older than Ann.
( ) 8. A. No one can fly to the moon.
B. We can see the moon only at night.
C. There's no air or water on the moon.
D. Their mooncake is like the moon.
( ) 9. A. Thanks a lot. B. Don't thank goodness.
C. Thank you for your help. D. Thank you all the same.
( ) 10.A. My brother likes riding a bike.
B. My brother works in a bike factory.
C. My brother can mend his bike.
D. My brother goes to work by bike.
Ⅲ. 情景反应(共 5小题，计 5分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出能正确应答你所听到的句子的那一个，每小题听两遍。
( ) 11. A. Eggs. B. Oranges. C. Bread. D. A mooncake.
( ) 12. A. October 29. B. September 28.
C. September 29. D. November 29.
( ) 13. A. In the open air. B. At their houses.
C. In the school. D. In the classroom.
( ) 14. A. The green one. B. The blue one.
C. The white one. D. The black one.
( ) 15. A. Look at the moon. B. See friends.
C. Stay outside.
D. They get together and eat a big dinner.
Ⅳ. 短文理解 (共 5小题，计 5分)
根据所听到的短文内容，选择正确的答语。
( ) 16. Li Ling is _____ of the three.
A. the oldest B. the youngest C. the tallest
( ) 17. Li Ling plays ______ best of the three.
A. basketball B. football C. ping-pong
( ) 18. Which of the following is wrong?
A. They are all good runners.
B. They are all middle school students.
C. They are all good at English.
( ) 19. Li Ling is good at ______.
A. English B. Chinese C. maths
( ) 20. They do their homework _____.
A. in the morning B. in the afternoon C. in the evening
第Ⅱ卷 笔试 (选择题 55分)
Ⅴ. 单项选择 (共 30小题，计 30分)
A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中找出其划线部分读音不同的一个。
( ) 21. A. autumn B. laugh C. daughter D. August
( ) 22. A. why B. family C. forty D.every
( ) 23. A. must B. cup C. ruler D. much
( ) 24. A. round B. mouth C. house D. country
( ) 25. A. kind B. white C. think D. mine
B) 从每小题 A、B、C、 中选出能正确完成下面单词的那一个。
( ) 26. diff _____ nt A. are B. ere C. re D.er
( ) 27. h _____ gry A. ao B. ou C. un D. an
( ) 28. festi _____ A. vel B. val C. oal D. evl
( ) 29. del _____ ous A. iei B. eai C. iei D. sci
( ) 30. c _____ brate A. el B. le C. ele D. ale
C) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白处的那一个。
( ) 31. People in China like eating mooncakes ____ Mid-Autrmn Day.
A. at B. in C. on D. of
( ) 32. Please come over ____ our school to have a meeting.
A. to B. of C. for D. at
( ) 33. Dad, I want to have a rest, I'm _____ tired.
A. little B. a little C. some D. any
( ) 34. Sue is _____.
A. short than Ann B. shorter than Ann
C. the shorter than Ann D. the shorter of two
( ) 35. In America families get together ____ the harvest.
A. clebrate B. to celebrate C. clebrating D. celebrates
( ) 36. The two boys are good, but the tall one is ____ than
the short one.
A. good B. best C. well D. better
( ) 37. The two rulers are long, but this one is longer than ___ one.
A. an other B. another C. a other D. the other
( ) 38. There are _____ people in our family than in hers.
A. many B. much C. more D. most
( ) 39. Wang Fen is a _____ boy, but Liu Ying is ___ than Wang Fen.
A. good, better B. good, well C. better, good D. good, best
( ) 40. — Can you give me some milk?
— Sorry, there is _____ in my cup.
A. a little B. little C. some D. any
( ) 41. Our teacher is _____ in our school/
A. tall man B. taller man C. the tall man D. the tallest man
( ) 42. Are you free _____?
A. tomorrow morning B. in tomorrow morning
C. on tomorrow morning D. in the morning tomorrow
( ) 43. Would you like _____ with us this afternoon?
A. to go swimming B. go swim
C. going swim D. to going swim
( ) 44. Sue likes _____ ,but her sister doesn't.
A. to sing B. sing C. singing D. to singing
( ) 45. Tom doesn't read _____.
A. in the night B. at night C. in night D. at the night
( ) 46. Sometimes we have our classes _____.
A. in open air B. in the open air
C. at open air D. at the open air
( ) 47. This apple is the _____ of the apples.
A. bigger B. biggest C. biger D. big
( ) 48. The twins like to do their homework _____.
A. on the evening B. this morning
C. at night D. on noon
( ) 49. Everyone _____ for their teacher in the classroom.
A. are waiting B. waits C. is waiting D. wait
( ) 50. _____ you free next week?
A. Are B. Do C. Have D. Be
Ⅵ. 完形填空 (共 10 小题，计 10分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案，完成短文。
Bill is an Australian 51 . He is twelve. He lives 52 his family in China. There 53 people in his family. His father Bill Clinton, his mother Catherine and his little sister Abbey. He has a yellow dog. 54 name is Barbi. Look! Abbey is 55 with Barbi. His father is mending his car. His mother is cleaning the house. What is Bill doing? Ah, he is doing 56 homework in Chinese. He can't 57 Chinese well, but he loves Chinese very much. Bill's 58 works in a middle school as an 59 teacher. His mother works at a TV factory. Bill and his 60 go to the same school.
( ) 51. A. child B. boy C. dog D. girl
( ) 52. A. in B. with C. on D. at
( ) 53. A. three B. four C. five D. two
( ) 54. A. It's B. His C. Its D. Her
( ) 55. A. living B. talking C. playing D. eating
( ) 56. A. her B. its C. his D. a
( ) 57. A. say B. speak C. tell D. talk
( ) 58. A. mother B. father C. sister D. dog
( ) 59. A. Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. Australian
( ) 60. A. boy B. girl C. brother D. sister
Ⅶ. 阅读理解 (共 15 小题，计 15分)
A) 阅读短文，从各题中选出符合短文内容的正确答案。
It's Saturday evening. Bruce is having a birthday party. There are a lot of children at the party. They play together for an hour. Then Bruce's mother gives them some food. But she forgets(忘记) to give Sam any.
Sam feels wronged (委屈) but then he remembers his mother's words：“Be polite. Don't ask for food.” So he waits for a few minutes, then he holds his plate up over his head and says loudly：“Does anyone want a nice clean plate?”
( ) 61. What day is the day?.
A. Sunday B. Saturday. C. Monday D. Friday.
( ) 62. “What are the children doing in the afternoon?”
“They are _____.”
A. reading B. singing C. playing D. dancing
( ) 63. They play for _____.
A. an hour B. ten minutes C. half an hour D. twenty minutes
( ) 64. Who gives them some food?
A. Bruce's father. B. Bruce's uncle.
C. Bruce. D. Bruce's mother.
( ) 65. Sam's mother tells him not to _____.
A. play in the street B. ask for food
C. play with girls D. swim in the river
B) 阅读短文，从各题中选出符合短文内容的正确答案。
Look at the picture! What's in the picture? There is the sun, the earth and the moon in it. The sun is the biggest of all. The moon is the smallest. The earth is bigger than the moon, but smaller than the sun. The earth goes round the sun. It goes at 29 Kilometres (千米) a second (每秒). The moon goes round the earth. It goes at 8 Kilometres a second. Of course, the earth goes much faster than the moon. We are living on the earth. We see the moon at night.
( ) 66. What can you see in the picture?
A. The sun. B. The moon. C. The sun, the moon and the earth.
( ) 67. Which is the biggest, the sun, the moon or the earth?
A. The sun. B. The moon. C. The earth.
( ) 68. The earth goes round _______.
A. the sun and the moon goes round the earth
B. the moon and the sun goes the earth
C. the sun and the moon goes round the sun
( ) 69. We can see the stars _____.
A. at night B. by day C. in the evening
( ) 70. Everyone can live _______.
A. on the earth B. on the moon C. on the sun
C) 根据下面句子意思，从所给选项中选出相应的答案，有一项为多余。
( ) 71. Are you going there by bus?
( ) 72. Would you like another one?
( ) 73. I am sorry. I'm late.
( ) 74. We're going to play basketball.
( ) 75. How much are these things?
A.That's a good idea. B. Sure. But don't be late.
C. Let me see. D. May I? Thanks.
E. It doesn't matter F. That's all right.
第Ⅲ卷 笔试 (非选择题 45分)
Ⅷ. 单词拼写。(共 10小题，计 10分)
阅读下面短文，根据所给首字母在横线上写出所缺单词，使短文通顺。
We all like Mid-Autumn Day. It comes in September t 76 year.
We're g 77 to eat mooncakes of m 78 different kinds. The b 79 are those with eggs in them. But I like the o 80 with meat. How a 81 you? At night, if it is f 82 ,we're going to s 83 outside and watch the bright f 84 moon. will you come over to our house t 85 ?
Ⅸ. 用所给词的适当形式填空 (共 10小题，计 10分)
86. Look! The boys __________ (play) basketball on the ground.
87. There are five __________ (different) between the two pictures.
88. They're going to have a __________ (meet).
89. My box is the __________ of all. _________ (heavy)
90. Whose drawing is __________ (good), Lucy's or Lily's?
91. It's time for class, Mr Black __________ (have) an English class.
92. I want to buy a pumpkin and _________ (make) a pumpkin
pie for thanksgiving.
93. He is __________ (tall) in the class.
94. Something __________ (be) the same in China and America.
95. Tomorrow is going to __________ (be) the Mid-Autumn
Festival.
Ⅹ. 句型转换 (共 10小题，计 10分)
96. Lucy is twelve. Meimei is eleven. (比较级)
Lucy is __________ __________ __________ than Meimei.
97. Peter is younger than the other boys in his class. (比较级)
Peter is younger than __________ _________ boys in his class.
98. Jim's box is 10 kilos. Tom's is 20 kilos. (比较级)
Jim's box is __________ __________ Tom's
99. People often stay outside their houses at night. (同义句)
People often stay __________ __________ __________
__________ at night.
100. This box is the biggest of the three. (同义句)
This box is __________ __________ the __________ two.
101. My father usually goes to work by train.(对划线部分提问)
__________ __________ your father usually go to work?
102. Li Ping is reading English now.(对划线部分提问)
__________ __________ Li Ping __________ now?
103. My sister goes to school every day. (改为否定句)
My sister __________ __________ to school every day.
104. My mother often makes cakes. (改成现在进行时)
My mother __________ __________cakes now.
105. Li Lei likes mooncakes with meat. (改为一般疑问句)
__________ Li Lei __________ mooncakes with meat?
Ⅺ. 汉译英 (共 5小题，计 5分)
106. 这件大衣比那件大衣长。
This coat is __________ than __________ __________.
107. 汤姆的自行车比我的旧。
Tom's bike is __________ than __________.
108. 李雷在男孩中年龄最大。
Li Lei is __________ __________ __________ all the boys.
109. 我想有果仁的月饼是最好的。
I think the cakes _________ ________are the best of all.
110. 我想对中国了解更多。
I want to __________ __________ __________ China.
Ⅻ.英语写作(计 10分)
给你的朋友 Bob 发一封 e-mail，告诉他有关中国的 Mid-Autumn Festival 的情况，要求在 80字以上。
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
新 编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB 卷 (Unit 4)
A 卷
班级：_____ 座号：_____ 姓名：______
一、语音：指出下列各组单词划线部分有几种读音。5%
A：一种 B：二种 C： 三种 D：四种
( ) 1. A. afraid B. matter C. waste D.water
( ) 2. A. kilo B. knife C. chicken D. begin
( ) 3. A. country B. about C. could D. outside
( ) 4. A. nobody B. smoke C. soldier D. potato
( ) 5. A. leave B. cheap C. clean D. each
二、词汇。11%
(1) 根据英文释义写出相应的单词：(5分)
1. __________ give food to a person or an animal
2. __________ big important town
3. __________ not quickly
4. __________ too
5. __________ a long way off
(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空：(6分)
1. — What does your father do?
— He's a farmer. He __________ __________ a farm.
2. The animals are hungry. I must __________ them now.
3. I think the work is going to __________ very interesting.
4. I'm going to study in _______ after I leave middle school.
5. In autumn Kate often helps her father __________ apples
on the trees.
三、选择填空。10%
( ) 1. — How many animals do you have? — I have ____.
A. five sheep and ten cows B. five sheeps and ten cows
C. five sheep and ten cow D. five sheep and ten cows.
( ) 2. — Can you hear a bird ____ in the tree now?
— Yes, I can.
A. sings B. singing C. to sing D. sing
( ) 3. They grow some ____ ____ on the farm.
A. corns and wheats B. corns and wheat
C. corn and wheats D. corn and wheat
( ) 4. — Which do you like ____, English of Chinese?
— English.
A. better B. / C. best D. the best
( ) 5. — Which do you like ____, a cow, a dog or a cat?
— A cow.
A. / B. better C. best D. a lot
( ) 6. He says he is ____ than I.
A. happy B. very happy
C. a little happier D. the happiest
( ) 7. I have a dog ____. What about Mary?
A. also B. too C. never D. all
( ) 8. — Where's John? — He's working ____ the fields.
A. at B. in C. on D. to
( ) 9. She often helps her uncle ____ the work.
A. does B. doing C. with doing D. with
( ) 10. — What time do you usually ____?
— At five.
A. get home B. get school
C. get the farm D. get the station
四、用适当的词填空，完成下面对话：14%
A：__________ are you going tomorrow?
B：To the farm.
A：What are you going to do __________?
B：We are going to help the farmers __________ oranges
and bananas.
A：Picking fruit is hard __________,I think.
B：But we can __________ a lot __________ the farmers.
A：Yes. You are __________.By the way, what __________ job
are you going to do?
B：Some __________ us are going to __________ the animals.
A：How many __________ of animals do they have?
B：Three.
A：What are they?
B：They are chickens, pigs (猪) and cows.
A：Are the farmers going to __________ them in the market?
B：Yes.
A：May I go to __________ with you?
B：Yes. You're __________.
五、用所给的动词适当形式填空。12%(每小题 1.5分)
1. We are going to do some __________ (shop) tomorrow.
2. — Is Kate helping her mother _______ (clean) the windows?
— Yes, she is.
3. — Would you like __________ (play) games with us?
— I'd love to.
4. Mr Green's job is __________ (teach) the children English.
5. The dog like __________ (run) a lot every afternoon.
6. Look! Polly __________ (eat) an apple.
7. — May I ask Mary __________ (help) me?
—Of course.
8. Let Kate __________ (fly) the kite now!
六、下面各句均有一处错误，请把错误处字母标号写在括号内，并在横
线上改正。10%
( ) 1. There are going to have more trees in our town
A B C next year. __________
D
( ) 2. Mr Li is walking slower than Mrs Li. __________
A B C D
( ) 3. Kate's parents grow rices and tomatoes in the country.
A B C D __________
( ) 4. John always goes fishing there in the summer.
A B C D __________
( ) 5. I think live in town is more interesting. __________
A B C D
七、句型转换，按要求完成下列各句。18% (每空 1.5分)
1. Mary likes flying kites. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ Mary like __________?
2. I have a little money.(对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ money do you have?
3. Jim sometimes goes to school in his father's car.
(对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ Jim sometimes goes to school?
4. Tom is taller than any other student in his class.(改为同义句)
Tom is __________ __________ in his class.
5. Mother has much homework to do every day. (改为同义句)
Mother has __________ __________ __________ homework
to do every day.
八、完形填空。10%
Li Ling is a middle school student. She likes English 1 and she is good at it. She often tells her parents about her English study. Now she 2 with her father about her English study again.
Li Ling says, “ 3 ，Dad, this is our new English book. There are 4 interesting stories in it.”
“ Mmm, not bad. Do you 5 only English in class or does your teacher explain (解释) everything to you 6 ?”
“Oh, 7 ! We speak English for most of the time in class! Our teacher speaks to us only in English. Sometimes it is not only for us to understand (懂得) her, but she says listening and speaking help a lot.”
“I think she's right. 8 she speak very slowly?”
“Not always. Sometimes we don't understand her. Then she 9 it again.”
“It's interesting to study English, isn't it?”
“Yes, it is. And I'm going to work harder at it. I'm going to do my best.”
“That's good. I'm 10 you'll study still better.”
( ) 1. A. a lot of B. a lot C. very D. much
( ) 2. A. is talking B. talks C. is telling D. is saying
( ) 3. A. Look at B. See C. Look D. Watch
( ) 4. A. much B. many C. no D. not a
( ) 5. A. say B. talk C. speak D. tell
( ) 6. A. in Chinese B. for Chinese
C. with Chinese D. with English
( ) 7. A. Not B. No C. Don't D. mustn't
( ) 8. A. Is B. Don't C. Do D. Does
( ) 9. A. must have to say B. have to say
C. has to say D. does to say
( ) 10. A. sorry B. right C. afraid D. sure
九、阅读理解：根据短文内容，选择正确答案。 10%
One day Einstein (爱因斯坦) is walking in the street in New York. His friend meets him, and says to him, “Einstain, you should (应该) buy a new coat. Look, how old your coat is!”
But Einstein answers, “It doesn't matter. Nobody knows me here.”
After a few years Einstein becomes a famous scientist (著名科学家). But he still wears the old coat.
His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a new one. But he says, “ I needn't (不必) buy a new coat. Everyone knows me here.”
( ) 1. Einstein is ____ scientist.
A. an English B. a French
C. an American D. a Japanese
( ) 2. Einstein's coat is very old, His friend ____.
A. gives him a new one
B. asks him to buy a new one
C. helps him buy a new one
D. throws away the old one
( ) 3. Einstein doesn't want to buy a new one because ___.
A. nobody knows him B. he likes the old coat
C. he has no money D. he doesn't mind (在乎) it
( ) 4. A few years later Einstein ____.
A. buys a new coat B. becomes a great scientist
C. still wears the old coat D. B and C
( ) 5. The best title (题目) should be (应该是) “___”
A. Einstein's Coat B. Einstein And His New Coat.
C. Einstein and His Friends D. Einstein
新 编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB 卷 (Unit 3—4)
B 卷
班级：_____ 座号：_____ 姓名：______
一、听对话后选择正确答案。(每小题听 2遍) 5%
( ) 1. A. Kate. B. Mary. C. Ann. D. Kate and Mary.
( ) 2. A. A dinner. B. A party.
C. An English party. D. A game.
( ) 3. A. Bananas. B. Apples.
C. Oranges. D. Bananas and oranges.
( ) 4. He's a _____.
A. doctor B. teacher C. worker D. farmer
( ) 5. A. Next week. B. Next Sunday.
C. Tomorrow. D. The day ofter tomorrow.
二、听短文后在下面每个空白处填上所缺的单词。(短文听 3遍)10% (每空 0.5分)
The Mid- Autumn _________ usually _________ in __________ or October. ________ _________ eat mooncakes on that ________. A mooncake is a _________ and _________ cake. It looks ________ the moon. There are many _________ _________ of mooncakes. They _________ meat, _________, nuts or _________ _________ inside.
At _________ many _________ stay _________ in the _________ air. They look at the _________ moon and eat the mooncakes.
三、在下列各组单词中，找出一个划线部分读音与前面所给的音标读音
相同的词。5%
( ) 1. [e] A. many B. family C. basket D. problem
( ) 2. [A] A. away B. matter C. water D. any
( ) 3. [U:] A. book B. full C. foot D. broom
( ) 4. [U] A. blue B. bedroon C. noodle D. mooncake
( ) 5. [[] A. skirt B. purse C. sweater D. purple
四、词汇。12%
(1) 用所给的词适当形式填空。(6分)
1. Could you tell me what your __________ (give) name is?
2. What's the __________ (different) between these two sheep?
3. My English is __________ (good) than __________ (she).
4. Whose __________ (draw) is this?
5. Mary is always the __________ (one) to get to school.
(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(6分)
1. They jump very high. But __________ jumps the highest?
2. At night we can see the __________ and the __________ in
the sky.
3. Let me have a __________. Oh, very delicious.
4. They sometimes __________ their child to the park.
5. What do you __________ do your teachers on Teachers' Day?
五、选择填空。10%
( ) 1. They use machines ____ all the farm work.
A. to do B. do C. doing D. make
( ) 2. Why does John often ____?
A. see the blue sky B. look at the blue sky
C. look for the blue sky D. look after the blue sky
( ) 3. I often hear Miss Zheng ____ in her room in the evening.
A. sings B. to sing C. singing D. sings in English
( ) 4. Tom likes to _____ after school.
A. play with basketball B. play a basketball
C. play his dog D. play with his cat
( ) 5. Katy and Sandy live iin ____ not far from here.
A. town B. a town C. city D. country
( ) 6. Ann is very tired. So she trips ____ her shoes again
and again on his back home.
A. over B. at C. on D. by
( ) 7. We are going to have _____ hiking and eating something.
A. lot of fun B. lots of funs
C. lots of fun D. a lot fun
( ) 8. Do you have a rest ____?
A. at noon B. at the noon
C. in the noon D. on the noon.
( ) 9. David often ____ about his family and ____ us his
own (自己的) story.
A. talks, tells B. says, tells C. tells, talks D. tells, says
( ) 10. When we work on the farm, we ___ a lot ____ the farmer.
A. study, for B. study, from C. learn, to D. learn, from
六、选用框格中的句子完成对话。6%
A：Can I help you?
( )B：Yes, please. The Mid-Autumn Festival is coming. 1._____
A：What kind of mooncakes would you like?
( )B：2. ______
A：How many cakes do you want?
( )B：3. ______
A：Here you are.
( )B：4. ______
A：Twenty five yuan.
( )B：5. ______. Thank you very much.
A：6. ______
七、用适当的词填空,完成下面对话：10%
A：__________ is that boy?
B：He's Li Ping.
A：__________ __________ is he?
B：He's twelve.
A：__________ does he do
B：He's a student.
A：__________ he doing now?
B：He's __________ a kite.
A：__________ he fly a kite every Sunday?
B：__________. He __________ a kite when he is _________.
八、句型转换：按要求完成下面各句。7% (每空 0.5分)
1. He has some eggs and bread for breakfast. （改为否定句）
He __________ __________ __________ eggs __________
bread for breakfast.
2. My job is to look after these animals.(对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ your job?
3. Peter can see two cars on the road.(对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ cars can Peter see on the road?
4. Jim is the tallest boy in his class.(改为同义句)
Jim is _________ _________ _________ other boy in his class.
5. What must they do now?(改为同义句)
What __________ they __________ __________ do now?
九、把下面句子译成英语。15%
1. 你同意她的意见吗？
__________________________________________________
2. 我只好再呆一天。
__________________________________________________
3. 他们正相聚在一起庆祝节日。
__________________________________________________
4. 凯特每天几点到家？
__________________________________________________
5. 我们再也吃不下了。
__________________________________________________
十、完形填空。10%
Many people like watching TV. Watching TV is 1 of the most important activities (活动) of the day. TV brings the outside world close to people's house. Some people 2 the world is 3 than before because of TV.
What's going on in other countries? How 4 people live in faraway places? 5 there a sports game some where? What's the life in the deepest (最深的) part of the sea? If you want to 6 these and other kind of questions, just turn 7 the TV and watch it. Of course people can also learn through reading or listening 8 the radio (收音机). But TV can help them learn better and more easily, 9 ? Because they can hear and watch too. TV can give 10 new ideas. It's a wonderful (精彩的) thing.
( ) 1. A. one B. any C. some D. a
( ) 2. A. tell B. speak C. say D. talk
( ) 3. A. small B. smaller C. big D. bigger
( ) 4. A. well B. does C. do D. can
( ) 5. A. Are B. Has C. Is D. Have
( ) 6. A. know B. see C. get D. find
( ) 7. A. on B. down C. off D. to
( ) 8. A. on B. in C. at D. to
( ) 9. A. when B. why C. which D. where
( ) 10. A. we B. our C. ours D. us
十一、阅读下面短文，然后判断句子下“T”误“F”。10%
When you are in England, you must be very careful in the streets because the traffic drives on the left. Before you cross (横穿) a street, you must look to the right (右) first and then to the left (左).
In the morning and in the evening when people go to or come from work, the streets are very busy (拥挤). Traffic is very dangerous (危险的).
When you go by bus in England, you have to be careful, too. Always remember (永远记住) the traffic goes on the left. So you must be careful. Have a look first or you may go the wrong way.
In many English cities, there are big buses with two floors. You can sit on the second floor. From there you can see the city very well. It's very interesting.
( ) 1. Buses and cars drive on the left in all the countries
in the world(世界).
( ) 2. In England, before you cross a street, you must look
to the right first.
( ) 3. Traffic is very dangerous in the morning and in the evening.
( ) 4. When you go by bus in England, you will always go
the wrong way.
( ) 5. You can see the city well from the second floor of the bus.
新 编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB 卷 (Unit 5)
A 卷
班级：_____ 座号：_____ 姓名：______
一、在下列各组单词中找出一个重音位置不同于其它三个的词。5%
( ) 1. A. college B. elephant C. until D. winter
( ) 2. A. October B. country C. interesting D. taxi
( ) 3. A. festival B. important C. matter D. second
( ) 4. A. harvest B. panda C. tractor D. computer
( ) 5. A. mountain B. electronic C. picnic D. pumpkin
二、词汇。10%
(1) 根据英文释义写出相应的单词：(5分)
1. __________ not safe
2. __________ go up and down with the help of hands and feet
3. __________ go down to a lower (较低) place
4. __________ big piece of land with many trees
5. __________ not anything
(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空：(5分)
1. There's a dolphin __________ in the zoo. Let's go and watch it.
2. Many people often go to the parks __________ their holidays.
3. Do you like __________ the monkeys play basketball?
4. Everyone says work must __________first.
5. The Chinese people are very __________ to foreigners.
三、选择填空。10%
( ) 1. — Can we meet a little earlier?
— Well, let's ____ at eight?
A. make B. make it C. meet it D. do it
( ) 2. _____ go to the zoo tomorrow, shall we?
A. Let's B. Why not C. Shall we D. Do we
( ) 3. — _____ we go for a walk? — Good idea.
A. Do B. Most C. Can D. Shall
( ) 4. — Shall we ____ the basketball game on the TV now?
— Sorry, I must _____ this book first.
A. Watch, see B. see, read C. watch, read D. Look at, watch
( ) 5. — Can you come out and play game with us?
— Sorry, I have ______ homework to do.
A. quite lot of B. quite a lot of
C. a quite lot of D. quite many
( ) 6. That's ______ we keep these animals in the cages.
A. where B. so C. because D. why
( ) 7. I feel sorry _____ these poor (可怜的) aninals.
A. to B. for C. with D. by
( ) 8. — How many boats can you see ____ the lake?
— Only one.
A. on B. in C. near D. before
( ) 9. — ____ these boats ____ ducks? — No, not at all.
A. Do, like B. Are, like
C. Do, look after D. No, look for
( ) 10. — She is ____ of the two sisters.
A. tall B. tallest C. taller D. the taller
四、用适当的词填空，完成下面对话：13% (每空 0.5 分)
1. A：__________ we go to the zoo?
B：That's a good _________. _________ can we get there?
A：The zoo is a __________ far. Let's go __________bus.
B：OK. But __________ bus shall we __________?
A：Bus No. 2.
B：__________ __________ shall we meet?
A：What about a __________ past nine?
B：Good! No __________. Where shall we meet _________?
A：__________ meet under the tree, outside ___________
___________ __________the zoo.
B：__________ right see you then.
2. A：Are you going to __________ __________ tomorrow?
B：Yes. I have __________ to do.
A：Would you like to _________ __________ to my house?
B：Yes. But what are we going to do?
A：Let's __________ kites and then __________ them in
the field.
B：Oh, good idea. I'd __________ __________.
五、用所给的动词适当形式填空。12%(每小题 1.5分)
1. I hear one of the birds __________ in the tree.
2. He likes to watch the children __________ games.
3. Why not __________ boating on the lake?
4. These questions are hard __________.
5. Tell Tom __________ up earlier tomorrow.
6. Some of us are good at _________.
7. He __________ the radio (收音机) but __________ nothing.
8. Tom _________ mooncakes with meat but with nuts inside.
9. Look! The leaves (树叶) __________ down from the tree.
10. I have something __________ today.
六、改写句子，在改写后的句子中填入适当的词，使其与原句意思相
符。16% (每格 1分)
1. Shall we go to the park?
__________ __________ go to the park?
2. Let's meet at a half past nine.
Let's meet at __________ __________.
3. Chickens Can't swim. I think.
I __________ __________ Chickens __________ swim.
4. I don't know what we shall do.
I don't know __________ __________ __________.
5. We are going to have no classes tomorrow.
We __________ going to have __________ classes tomorrow.
6. Let's have a swim this afternoon.
Let's __________ __________ this afternoon.
7. A turkey is much bigger than a chicken.
A turkey is __________ __________ bigger than a chicken.
七、把下面句子译成英语。 16%
1. 你认为怎样？
__________________________________________________
2. 当我累的时候，我休息了一下。
__________________________________________________
3. 你喜欢饺子煮海鲜吃吗？
__________________________________________________
4. 哪一个是陆地上最大的动物？
__________________________________________________
八、完形填空。10%
Children is the USA like K Day 1 . K is for kites. March (三月) 7 is the day. On that day many children go out 2 open air. They 3 their kites with them. Some kites are very big. Others are small. They are 4 different colours. Every kite has a long string (细绳).
To get the kites up. The children begin to run. They let out the string 5 the ball in their hands. Now the kites are up in the sky. How nice they 6 !
Now all of the kites are high up in the air. Some are higher than others. The one like a bird is the highest. But 7 wrong? It's flying away! The string 8 .
9 kite gets away. And more kites fly away. But children are running after them. They want to 10 . People are watching them and laughing.
( ) 1. A. a lot B. a lot of C. lots of D. very
( ) 2. A. in B. in the C. at the D. on the
( ) 3. A. get B. catch C. bring D. take
( ) 4. A. with B. of C. in D. on
( ) 5. A. to B. from C. in D. by
( ) 6. A. see B. watch C. look at D. look
( ) 7. A. is it B. what C. what's D. something
( ) 8. A. break B. breaks C. is breaking D. is broken
( ) 9. A. Another B. Other C. The other D. Others
( ) 10. A. get them in B. get them away
C. get them back D. throw them away
九、阅读理解：根据短文内容选择正确答案。 10%
In a small village, there is a teacher, a nurse, a driver and a worker. They are good friends. What are their names? One is Mike, one is Jack, one is Tom and the other is John. Mike's and Tom's children are classmates. John has not any children. He teaches his friends' children at school. Mike has many hens. He gives the driver and the nurse eggs. Jack's Child goes to the nurse's house. The nurse house is beside Jack's.
( ) 1. — Are the four people good friends or brothers?
— ______.
A. They are good friends B. They are brothers
C. They are not good friends or brothers D. A and C
( ) 2. — Are they all men? — ______.
A. No, they aren't B. Yes, they are
C. Two are men and the other are women
D. They are women
( ) 3. — What's John? — He's a ______.
A. nurse B. driver C. teacher D. worker
( ) 4. — Who has hens? — ____ has.
A. Jack B. Tom C. Mike D. John
( ) 5. — Where's the nurse's house? — It's ______.
A. behind Mike's B. beside Tom's
C. beside Mike's D. beside Jank's
新 编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB 卷 (Unit 6)
B 卷
班级：_____ 座号：_____ 姓名：______
一、在下列各组中找出一个划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词。 5%
( ) 1. A. before B. celebrate C. elephant D. festival
( ) 2. A. kilometre B. inside C. climb D. mid-autumn
( ) 3. A. horse B. use C. nurse D. house
( ) 4. A. mountain B. round C. about D. country
( ) 5. A. bank B. another C. land D. meaning
二、词汇。 12%
(1) 根据英文释义写出相对应的单词。 (5分)
1. _________ from one end (末端) to the other
2. _________ like, in the same way
3. _________ place where people buy books
4. ___________ road in a town or a city with buildings along the side
5. _________ have something and not give it away
(2) 根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(7分) (每空 1分)
1. _________ is the ninth month of a year.
2. It's Monday today. So it will be _________ tomorrow.
3. We have three meals a day, ________ , _________ and ________.
4. — May I ask a _________ , Miss Green. — Yes, please.
5. Mr lives on the tenth _________ of the building.
三、选择填空。10%
( ) 1. Six students stand ____ a row ____ the class.
A. on, in front of B. on, at the front of
C. in, in front of D. in, at the front of
( ) 2. Please ____ the coin from the back to the back to the front.
A. pass B. put C. give D. take
( ) 3. Let's see what's ____ your hand.
A. at B. in C. to D. with
( ) 4. Who sits on the ____ right?
A. twin B. twins C. twin's D. twins'
( ) 5. — What book do you want to buy?
— A new ____ with nice pictures in ____.
A. one, one B. one, it C. it, one D. book, book
( ) 6. Shall we ____ the bus at the next bus stop?
A. get in B. get on C. get out D. get off
( ) 7. We must keep our classroom ____ and tidy.
A. clean B. cleaned C. cleaning D. to clean
( ) 8. There's a park ____ the other side ____ the road.
A. in, on B. on, of C. in, in D. in, of
( ) 9. — ____. Where's the nearest bank, please?
— ____. I don't know. Please ask the policeman over there.
A. Sorry, Excuse me B. Excuse me, Excuse me
C. Excuse me, Sorry D. Hello, Hi
( ) 10. — How far is it to the station?
— It's about 5 miles ____ ____.
A. away, from here B. away, to here
C. to, there D. from, there
四、在 B 栏中找出与 A 栏相对应的答语。5%
A B
( )1. Would you like to come the party? A. There are three buses going
there. You can take any of them.
( )2. Are you free tomorrow? B. Good idea.
( )3. Shall we go to the zoo? C. No, I have to help my parents
do some farmwork.
( )4. How can I get the park? D. Yes, I love to.
( )5. Which bus shall I take? E. It's quite near. You can walk there.
五、用适当的词填空，完成下面对话。10% (每空 0.5分)
A：Excuse me. __________ __________ a park near here?
B：_________. I'm new here. Please __________ the man over there.
A：Thank you __________ __________ __________.
* * * * * * * * * *
B：Could you __________ me where the park is?
A：Yes. But there are three parks __________ here. Which on
would you like? B：The nearest.
A：The nearest one is only one kilometre _________. But it's
the smallest. B：What __________ the biggest one?
A：It's __________ __________ farther __________ the smallest
one. But there are ________ interesting things to ________.
You'd __________ go and see them.
B：Thank you. But __________ can I get there?
A：You can __________ a number 2 bus. It only __________
you five minutes to get there.
B：Thank you very much. A：You're welcome.
六、句型转换。12% (每空 0.5分)
1. I don't know how I can get to the post office. (改为同义句)
I don't know __________ __________ __________ ________
the post office.
2. Mary sits on my left. (改为同义句)
I sit on __________ __________ .
3. Please don't open the window. (改为同义句)
Please __________ the window __________.
4. You'd better go there by bus. (改为同义句)
You'd better __________ __________ __________ ________.
5. There is a bookshop before our school. (改为同义句)
These is a bookshop __________ __________ __________
our school.
6. It's about two miles from here to the factory.(对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ is it from here to the factory?
7. The boy in the car is Tom. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ is Tom?
8. They can have only five guesses. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ guesses can they have?
9. Ann passes the coin to me. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ Ann __________ the coin to?
七、用框格中动词适当形式填空，每词只能使用一次。10%
1. Would you like to __________ beside me?
2. You'd better __________ for Miss Li here. She's coming.
3. I often do some __________ in the morning.
4. Mr Green _________ in Beijing. He is in Shanghai.
5. — What's Tom doing? — He __________ the box over.
6. Miss King __________ for New York tomorrow.
7. It's time ___________ to bed.
8. How about __________ another apple?
9. A monkey is good at __________.
10. Tom likes __________ his new watch to his classmates.
八、把下面句子译成英语。16%
1. 她经常向你求助吗？
____________________________________________________
2. 我坐在教室的后面 。
____________________________________________________
3. 玛丽紧挨凯特站着。
____________________________________________________
4. 公园的中部有一个湖。
____________________________________________________
九、完形填空。10%
It's Sunday. There are 1 people in the bus. And 2 is looking for here and there. He wants to have an empty 3 . Then he finds one. He goes to it. A small 4 is on the seat. And a young man is sitting 5 it.
“Is this seat 6 ?” asks the old mna.
“No, it's for 7 . She goes to buy some bananas.” says the young man.“Well,” says the old man.“Let me sit here, please. When she comes back, I will leave here.”
The bus starts.
“She doesn't come 8 her bag is here. Let me give her the bag.” says the old man and he throws the bag 9 of the window.
The young man jumps up and shouts：“Don't throw it! It's 10 bag.!”
( ) 1. A. no B. a little C. many D. a lot
( ) 2. A. a young woman B. a young man
C. an old woman D. an old man
( ) 3. A. seat B. chair C. bag D. room
( ) 4. A. book B. box C. bag D. flower
( ) 5. A. or B. at C. next to D. for
( ) 6. A. full B. empty C. clean D. yours
( ) 7. A. a boy B. a man C. a woman D. a policeman
( ) 8. A. and B. then C. so D. but
( ) 9. A. from B. out C. away D. through
( ) 10. A. my B. her C. his D. your
十、 阅读理解：10%
Do you often play hide - and - seek (捉迷藏) with others? Most children often play this game and love to play it. Hide - and - seek is a very old game. Maybe your father and mother play the game. Maybe your grandfather and grandmother play it, too.
How do we know this? Old stories tell us about hide - and - seek. Very old pictures also show the game.
Boys and girls today play many old games. Big children show small children how to play them. And so the games live on.
( ) 1. Hide - and - seek is _____.
A. an old picture B. an old game
C. an old sport D. a game only for the old people
( ) 2. Grandmother is _____.
A. others' mother B. mother's mother
C. father's mother D. B and C
( ) 3. This story tells us about a _____.
A. game for children B. a children's picture
C. sport for all people D. photo of old people
( ) 4. We know about hide - and - seek form _____.
A. our parents B. stories C. pictures D. A、B and C
( ) 5. Little children learn the game from _____.
A. TV B. stories C. big children D. books
初二(上)英语单元同步检测(五)
Unit 5
第Ⅱ卷 笔试(选择题 55分)
Ⅴ. 单项选择(共 30小题，计 30分)
A)从每小题 A、B、C、D 中找出其划线部分读音与所给词相同的一个。
( ) 21. zoo A. moon B. cook C. good D. foot
( ) 22. ship A. tiger B. nice C. live D. like
( ) 23. bag A. map B. date C. make D. same
( ) 24. son A. not B. monkey C. home D. dog
( ) 25. meal A. bread B. sweater C. heavy D. cheap
B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出能正确完成单词拼写的一个。
( ) 26. q___ ter A. ear B. uar C. aur D. or
( ) 27. h___ A. ear B. ero C. oue D. oen
( ) 28. dol___ A. pin B. phin C. hin D. in
( ) 29. prob___ A. em B. am C. lem D. laam
( ) 30. for___ A. ast B. est C. ist D. ost
C) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白处的那一个。
( ) 31. _____ you free next Monday afternoon?
A. Will B. Shall C. Do D. Are
( ) 32. — Would you like to come to lunch? —_____.
A. No, I don't B. Yes, I could
C. I would like D. I would love to
( ) 33. Mike has a lot of homework _____.
A. do B. at C. with D. to do
( ) 34. I have ____ books than you.
A. much B. some C. much more D. many more
( ) 35. He goes to school ___on Monday than on Tuesday.
A. early B. much early
C. a little early D. a little earlier
( ) 36. Don't ____ the baby cry.
A. idea B. meet C. make D. know
( ) 37. Let's go and have a look ____ the pictures.
A. × B. at C. on D. with
( ) 38. Which animal lives only in China? _____.
A. Horses B. Elephants C. Tiger D. Pandas
( ) 39. Our English teacher speaks English ____ in class.
A. every time B. all times
C. all the time D. all the times
( ) 40. Mike is ____ student in his class.
A. best B. a best C. the best D. the better
( ) 41. — Is it a fine day for a walk? —_____.
A. I think so B. It is C. It's fine D. It isn't
( ) 42. — Would you like to go with me?
— ____ . But I must stay at home.
A. No, I don't B. Yes, I like
C. Sorry, I'd like D. I'd love to
( ) 43. — How many people eat mooncakes on Mid-
Autumn day? — ______ do.
A. Quite many of people B. Quite a lot of people
C. Quite much D. Quite a lot of
( ) 44.— What would you like to eat? — I'd like ____.
A. nice something B. nice anything
C. something nice D. a thing nice
( ) 45. Why don't you go there ____ later?
A. few B. some C. little D. a little
( ) 46. The children are going _____ their father's car.
A. on B. at C. by D. in
( ) 47. — Let's go and see our uncle. —_____.
A. OK B. Yes C. No, you don't D. Yes, I do
( ) 48. Who sings ____ in your grade?
A. good B. well C. better D. best
( ) 49. When shall we meet? Let's ____ it one.
A. think B. make C. have D. to
( ) 50. I think I _____ free at four.
A. must B. may C. can be D. can
Ⅵ. 完形填空(共 10小题，计 10分)
从每小题 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳答案，完成短文。
Lucy and Lily are with their mother. They are walking 51 the park. The children are tired (疲倦的). 52 mother is tired, 53 .
Lucy：Can we sit 54 the lawn (草坪), Mum?
Mother：No, you can't, Lucy. The lawn is wet (湿的).
Lily： 55 , Mun, I can see a bench (长板凳) near that tree. We can sit there.
Mother：No, you can't, children. The bench is wet, too.
Lily： It's 56 raining, Mum. The bench isn't wet.
Mother：Can you see a notice (告示) on the bench, Lily?
Lily：Yes, I can.
Mother：What 57 the notice say?
Lily：I 58 read it. Can you 59 the notice, Lucy?
Lily：Yes, I can. It 60 “Wet paint (油漆未干)”.
( ) 51. A. on B. in C. at
( ) 52. A. Her B. His C. Their
( ) 53. A. also B. either C. too
( ) 54. A. over B. on C. in
( ) 55. A. Look B. See C. Listen
( ) 56. A. no B. not C. like
( ) 57. A. does B. do C. may
( ) 58. A. can B. can't C. may
( ) 59. A. read B. speak C. tell
( ) 60. A. speaks B. talks C. says
Ⅶ. 阅读理解(共 10小题，计 15分)
(A) 根据短文内容，从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出能正确完成句子的最佳答案。
It is Sunday. Mike and Lin Tao want to go to the zoo. They are waiting for a bus. A red bus stops at the stop. Mike and Lin Tao get on the bus.
“Here's a seat for you, Mike.”
“No, thank you. There's another seat in the front. I can sit there.”
The bus stops at the next stop. An old man gets on the bus. Mike and Lin Tao both stand up.
Lin Tao says, “Here's a seat for you, Grandpa. Please sit here.”
Mike also says, “Please come here and have my seat, Grandpa.”
“Mine is near the door. So take this seat, please, Grandpa,” says Lin Tao.
“Thank you very much. It's very nice of you.”
( ) 61. Mike and Lin Tao want to go to _____.
A. the park B. the zoo C. school D. home
( ) 62. They go to the zoo _____.
A. on foot B. by bike C. by train D. by bus
( ) 63. _____ gets on the bus at the next stop.
A. An old man B. Mike and Lin Tao
C. An old woman D. Mike
( ) 64. _____ seat is near the door.
A. Mike B. Lin Tao C. Mike's D. Lin Tao's
( ) 65. The boys ask _____ to sit down.
A. his B. he C. him D. he's
B) 根据对话内容，从所给的选项中选出能完成对话的正确答案，有一项为多余选项。
A：Hi, Jack! What are you going to do on Sunday?
B： 66 . What do you think?
A： 67
B：Good idea! When shall we meet?
A： 68
B：Let's make it a little earlier. There's a zoo in the park. We can go and have a look at the animals.
A： 69 . Let's make it half past one.
B：OK. Where shall we meet?
A： 70
A. Great. B. I have no idea.
C. What about a quarter past two?
D. Shall we go to the park?
E. Would you like to go with me?
F. Let's meet outside the park gate.
第Ⅲ卷 笔试(非选择题 45分)
Ⅷ. 单词拼写(共 10小题，计 10分)
阅读下面会话，根据所给首字母在横线上写出所缺单词，使对话通顺。
A：Look at those monkeys. What are they e 71 ?
B：Nuts. How m 72 monkeys can you see?
A：Well, let's c 73 them. Oh, it's too h 74 , I can't
count them.
B：Right. They're r 75 and j 76 all t 77 time.
A：Let's g 78 and see the pandas. I hear one of them h 79
a baby.
B：A baby panda? Great! L 80 go.
Ⅸ. 用所给动词的适当形式填空(共 10小题，计 10分)
81. The tigers should __________ (be) free in the zoo.
82. I feel sorry for __________ (catch) the little bird.
83. Why not __________ (speak) English here?
84. Mary __________ (go) to school at 7∶00 every evening.
85. Would you like __________ (help) me with it?
86. In the picture there __________ (be) so much milk.
87. ________ you ________ (write) to your friends very often?
88. Let me __________ (carry) the box now.
89. Mrs Green has a lot of clothes __________ (wash).
90. My brother is better than me at __________ (swim).
Ⅹ. 句型转换(共 10小题，计 10分)
91. He goes to school on foot every day. (改为同义句)
He __________ __________ __________ every day.
92. Our English teacher draws very well. (改为同义句)
Our English teacher __________ __________ __________
drawing.
93. I'd like to come to supper.(改为一般疑问句)
__________ __________ like __________ __________ to
supper?
94. The man goes to work by bus. (改为否定句)
The man __________ __________ to work by bus.
95. The boat looks like an animal. (就划线部分提问)
_________ __________ the boat __________ __________ ?
96. I think chickens can swim. (改为否定句)
I __________ __________ __________ __________ swim.
97. She has a lot of things to do to. (改为同义句)
She has __________ things to do.
98. They are having a good time. (改为同义句)
They're __________ __________.
99. Why don't you tell me the news earlier? (改为同义句)
Why __________ __________ me the news earlier?
100. We have to stay at home all day. (改一般问句)
________________________________________________
Ⅺ. 汉译英(共 5小题，计 5分)
101. 我们五点半在学校门久见面好吗？
__________ we __________ __________ __________ past
five __________ the school gate?
102. 今天我不得不做许多事情。
Today I _________ _________ _________ a lot of things.
103. 陆地上哪一种动物最大？
Which animal is __________ __________ _________ land?
104. 我想孩子们不会去动物园。
I __________ think children will __________ __________
the zoo.
105. Lucy 不知道做些什么。
Lucy doesn't know __________ __________ __________.
Ⅻ. 英语写作(计 10分)
介绍你参观过的动物园。(要求 80字左右)
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
初二(上)英语单元同步检测(六)
Unit 6
第 Ⅰ卷 听力测试 (选择题 20分)
Ⅰ. 听辨音(共 5小题，计 5分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 中找出你所听到的单词的反义词，每小题听两遍。
( ) 1. A. question B. hard C. keep D. hear
( ) 2. A. middle B. right C. next D. eye
( ) 3. A. pass B. face C. begin D. head
( ) 4. A. side B. quite C. right D. back
( ) 5. A. most B. first C. boat D. best
Ⅱ. 单句理解(共5小题，计 5分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出与你所听到句子意义相同或相近的那一个。每小题听两遍。
( ) 6. A. Bob sits in the second row.
B. Bob sits in the middle of the class.
C. Bob sits in the back of the class.
D. Bob sits in Row Three.
( ) 7. A. Kate is before Mary. B. Kate is behind Mary.
C. Kate is between Mary and Jim. D. Kate is near Mary.
( ) 8. A. They must put their hands behind their back.
B. They must lift their hands behind their back.
C. They must close their hands.
D. They must clean their hands.
( ) 9. A. The students must keep their mouths closed.
B. The other students must close their eyes.
C. The other students must open their eyes.
D. The students mustn't close their eyes.
( ) 10. A. Children often play this game.
B. Children often play football.
C. Children often play basketball.
D. Children often like playing this game.
Ⅲ. 情景反应(共 5小题，计 5分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出能正确应答你所听到的句子的那一个，每小题听两遍。
( ) 11. A. Yes, he does. B. No, he doesn't.
C. The student stands in front of the class.
D. The teacher stands in front of the class.
( ) 12. A. Bill sits right. B. Bill doesn't sit.
C. Bill sits on the right of Mary. D. Yes, Bill does.
( ) 13. A. She's Kate. B. He's Bob.
C. He is my good friend. D. She's in the classroom.
( ) 14. A. They are middle school students. B. They are four.
C. They are on the right.
D. The students are very friendly.
( ) 15. A. Yes, I am not. B. No, I am not.
C. Yes, I do. D. No, I don't.
Ⅳ. 短文理解(共 5小题，计 5分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出能完成所给句子的那一个。短文听三遍。
( ) 16. Today is _____.
A. Saturday B. Sunday C. fine day D. Friday
( ) 17. Mike and his mother come to a _____.
A. big shop B. small shop
C. new shop D. middle school
( ) 18. Mike's mother wants to buy some pears because it's _____.
A. the dearest B. the cheapest C. the most D. the rest
( ) 19. Mike likes _____.
A. bananas B. pears C. oranges D. apples
( ) 20. At last Mike's mother buy _____ for her son.
A. some oranges B. some bananas
C. some pears D. some apples
第Ⅱ卷 笔试(选择题 55分)
Ⅴ. 单项选择(共 30小题，计 30分)
A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出其划线部分读音与所给读音相同的一个。
( ) 21. [B:] A. hand B. answer C. face D. back
( ) 22. [V] A. usually B. shirt C. eraser D. delicious
( ) 23. [F] A. wash B. watch C. touch D. questions
( ) 24. [z] A. backs B. guess C. rows D. students
( ) 25. [[U] A. strong B. love C. nose D. other
B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出能正确完成下面单词的那一个。
( ) 26. k___p A. ee B. ea C. ei D. ae
( ) 27. ba___ A. c B. k C. ck D. kc
( ) 28. ri___t A. ph B. gh C. sh D. ch
( ) 29. hospit___ A. l B. al C. el D. ol
( ) 30. dialog___ A. er B. ue C. ae D. or
C) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白处的那一个。
( ) 31. _____ your hands on the desk and listen to me.
A. Keep B. Make C. Take D. Give
( ) 32. Please pass the photo from one student to _____.
A. others B. another C. the another D. the other
( ) 33. She keeps the door _____ and we can't go in.
A. close B. closing C. closed D. to close
( ) 34. Class begins at eight. All the students ____ come late.
A. aren't going to B. don't C. haven't D. mustn't
( ) 35. It's raining, _____ I can't go out today.
A. so B. but C. them D. or
( ) 36. This box is _____ than that one.
A. much heavy B. much heavier
C. more heavy D. more heavier
( ) 37. Children often love _____ this game.
A. play B. plays C. to play D. to playing
( ) 38. _____ in the middle?
A. Whose the girl is B. Who is girl
C. Whose is girl D. Who's the girl
( ) 39. The teacher gives one of them _____ eraser.
A. a B. an C. some D. any
( ) 40. Wang Lin sits _____ me.
A. next to B. next for C. the next to D. next
( ) 41. It's about forty metres _____ on the right.
A. long B. along C. for D. from
( ) 42. I want to borrow _____ books.
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
( ) 43. You must pass the ball from one to _____.
A. another B. other C. the other D. others
( ) 44. There is _____“o” in the word “shop”.
A. an B. a C. the D. ×
( ) 45. The fruit shop is _____ the factory.
A. next B. in front C. next to D. in middle of
( ) 46. “Thank you very much”.“______.”
A. All right B. OK
C. Not at all D. Thank you, too
( ) 47. We _____ ask the teacher over there.
A. have better B. had good
C. has better D. had better
( ) 48. Go along the street, then take _____ turning on the right.
A. five B. the fifth C. the five D. fifth
( ) 49. The post office is _____ this road _____ the left.
A. long, on B. along, on C. longer, in D. longer, on
( ) 50 Mary and Ann _____ help.
A. needs any B. needs some
C. need some D. need any
Ⅵ. 完形填空(共 10小题，计 10分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案，完成短文。
I 51 fish very 52 . I often fish 53 hours without catching 54 . But this does not worry me. Some fishermen are not lucky. Instead of catching fish, they 55 stones and some other things. I'm even less lucky.
I never catch anything-not even stones. After having spent whole morning on the river, I always go home with an 56 bag.“You must 57 up fishing!” My friend 58 . “It's waste of 59 .” But they don't know an important thing, I don't really pay attention to fishing. I only like to sit in a boat and do 60 at all.
( ) 51. A. like B. likes C. liking D. liked
( ) 52. A. many B. much C. well D. good
( ) 53. A. in B. on C. at D. for
( ) 54. A. something B. nothing C. anything D. things
( ) 55. A. get B. gets C. getting D. got
( ) 56. A. old B. new C. empty D. full
( ) 57. A. give B. get C. put D. catch
( ) 58. A. say B. said C. says D. saying
( ) 59. A. money B. water C. things D. time
( ) 60. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
Ⅶ. 阅读理解(共 10小题，计 15分)
A) 根据短文内容，从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案。
One evening Mr White is driving his car in the country and looking for a small hotel. When he sees an old man on the side of the road, Mr White stops his car and says to the old man,“I want to o to the Sun Hotel. Do you know how to get there?”“Yes, of course, ” the old man answers, “I'll show you the way. Please let me sit in your car. I can go here to turn.” He with you and tell you wgets on Mr White's car. They drive about twelve miles. When they come to a small house, the old man says, “Stop here.” Mr White stops his car and says,“ But this isn't a hotel.”
“No,” the old man answers, “This is my house. Than you very much for driving me home. And I will show you the way to the Sun Hotel. Turn around and go back nine miles. Then you will get to the hotel.”
( ) 61. What is Mr White doing?
A. He is looking for a horse.
B. He is mending his car.
C. He is cleaning his car.
D. He is driving his car and looking for a hotel.
( ) 62. Mr White asks _____ how he can get to the Sun Hotel.
A. a policeman B. an old man C. a boy D. a woman
( ) 63. What does the old man ask Mr White to let
him do first?
A. He asks Mr White to let him sit in his car.
B. He shows Mr White the way to the hospital.
C. He shows Mr White the way to the sun Hotel.
D. He tells Mr White to turn left at the first crossing.
( ) 64. How long do they drive about when they come
to a small house?
A. About nine miles. B. About three miles.
C. About twelve miles. D. About twenty miles.
( ) 65. How does Mr White feel after he hears the old
man's words? He feels _____.
A. angry B. hungry C. glad D. happy
B) 根据对话内容，从所给的选项中选出能完成会话的一项，有一项为多余。
A：What are you going to do tomorrow?
B： 66 . Would you like to come with me?
A： 67 . But I have no ticket here.
B：Don't worry. 68 .
A：That's great. 69
B：At four o'clock in the afternoon.
A：Where shall we meet?
B： 70 .
A：OK. Thank you. Goodbye!
B：Goodbye!
A. You're welcome B. I'll love to
C. I'm going to watch a football game
D. When is the game going to be?
E. I can let you have one F. Outside the school gate.
第Ⅲ卷 笔试(非选择题 45分)
Ⅷ. 单词拼写(共 10小题，计 10分)
阅读下面对话，根据所给首字母在横线上写出所缺单词，使对话通顺。
A：W 71 time is it now?
B：It's h 72 past nine.
A：What are you d 73 now?
B：I'm m 74 a paper plane.
A：It's Sunday today. Shall we p 75 football this afternoon?
B：No, thank you. I'm going to s 76 a film. W 77
not see a film this evening with me?
A：Good i 78 . When shall we m 79 ? What
about a quarter to twelve?
B：OK. Don't b 80 late.
Ⅸ. 用所给动词的适当形式填空(共 10小题，计 10分)
81. He likes __________ (swim) best in summer.
82. Why not __________ (go) now? It's too late.
83. You'd better __________ (take) care of yourself.
84. What __________ she __________ (make) tomorrow?
85. Listen! Someone __________ (listen) to us.
86. __________ (not be) late next time.
87. There __________ (be) a lot of apples on the tree.
88. There __________ (be) a sports meet tomorrow.
89. _________ it _________ (snow) in winter in your country?
90. Who __________ (speak) over there?
Ⅹ. 句型转换(共 10小题，计 10分)
91. I want to do some shopping. (同义句)
I want __________ __________ __________ .
92. I have many friends there. (同义句)
I __________ have __________ __________ __________
friends there.
93. The pencil on the desk is mine.(对划线提问)
__________ __________ is yours?
94. Tom sits on Kate's right and on Bill's left. (同义句)
Tom sits __________ Kate __________ Bill.
95. Keep your eyes closed. (同上)
__________ __________ is yours?
96. The ball goes from one boy to another. (同上)
The _________ ________ the ball form one to another.
97. I want to do some shopping. (否定句)
I don't want __________ __________ anything.
98. Please turn right at the third turning.(同义句)
Please __________ the third __________ __________ the right.
99. They do well in English. (同上)
They are __________ __________ English.
100. The cake is the nicest of all. (同上)
The cake is _________ than _________ _________ cake.
Ⅺ. 汉译英(共 5小题，计 5分)
101. Where's the factory? It's _________ _________ _________
_________ (在邮局的外边).
102. The fruit shop is _________ _________ _________ _________
(大约 5千米远).
103. I want _________ _________ _________ _________
(乘公共汽车) to go there.
104. Han Meimei _________ _________ _________ _________
(擅长绘画).
105. Some of the apples _________ _________ _________
_________ (很难够得着).
Ⅻ. 英语写作(计 10分)
Mr Li 在英国，他想去医院，但不知道路线，他询问警察。请你写一段对话，要求每人至少说话 5次。
Mr Li：Excuse me.
Policeman：Yes?
Mr Li：
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
新 编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷(Unit 9)
A 卷
班级：_________ 座号：________ 姓名：_________
一、在下列各组中找 出一个划线部分读音不同于其它三个的词。5%
( ) 1.A. airport B. important C. corn D. world
( ) 2.A. bear B. near C. hear D. clear
( ) 3.A. second B. lesson C. nobody D. together
( ) 4.A.yesterday B. today C. Sunday D. Monday
( ) 5.A. always B. along C. address D. England
二、词汇。 12%
1) 根据释义写出相对应的英语单词。(5分)
1.______________ the fourth month of a year
2. ______________ each thing, all things
3. ______________ know what something means
4. ______________ biggest number; more than all others
5. ______________ go from one place to another
2)根据下面短文意思用适当的词填空。(10分)
John lived in the country. He went to ___________ something in the city __________ Sunday. He__________ up at seven. He__________ his hands and faces, brushed his teeth and__________ a light breakfast. He did everything __________ because he was afraid to__________ late. When he got to the city at about nine, he found he__________ his money at home. He bought__________ and went home__________ foot.
三、选择填空。10%
( ) 1.—_____ did you come to China?
— _____ my mother worked here.
A. Why, Because B. Why, and
C. When, Because D. How, So
( ) 2. Mary was ____, _____ she didn't go shopping with
us yesterday.
A. free, and B. busy, so C. free, so D. busy, but
( ) 3. I bought his dictionary _____.
A. for two months B. two weeks before
C. two weeks ago D. in two week
( ) 4. — Where did Mr John _______? — England.
A. go to B. move to C. move D. get to
( ) 5. Does Miss Green enjoy _____ in China?
A. to work B. work C. works D. working
( ) 6. Was Mary born ____ the morning of May 2nd?
A. at B. in C. / D. on
( ) 7. Miss Wang often reads the morning newspaper
___ breakfast.
A. for B. at C. in D. with
( ) 8. He likes to write down something on _____ paper
when he reads _____.
A. a, a paper B. a, paper
C. the, paper D. the, papers
( ) 9. They watch how the monkey ____ basketball with the dog.
A. play B. plays C. to play D. plays with
( ) 10. Did John find ____ in New York?
A. a work B. a job C. works D. job
四、用适当的词填空，完成下面对话。7%(每空 0.5分)
A：Hello, Kate! __________ you free tomorrow? We are
going __________ a picnic. Are you going with us?
B：Oh, yes. I'd love __________! When are we going to meet?
A：__________ half past eight. Please come at a _________
past eight.
B：I'm afraid I __________ come so __________.
A：__________?
B：Because I'm going to clean my bedroom.
A：OK. You may come a __________ later. __________ don't be
__________ late.
B：__________ the way, where shall we __________ ?
A：At our school gate.
B：Is Miss Green going __________ us?
A：Yes. That's OK. See you tomorrow.
B：See you then.
五、句形转换，按要求完成下列各句。11%(每空 1分)
1. Miss White bought some apples from the fruit shop.
(改为否定句)
Miss White __________ __________ __________ apples
from the fruit shop.
2. She did eye exercises a moment ago. (改为一般疑问句)
__________ she __________ eye exercises a moment ago?
3. I listened to all he said.(改为同义句)
I listened to __________ he said.
4. He took a walk after supper yesterday. (改为同义句)
He _________ __________ a walk after supper yesterday.
5. Mr John lived in Beijing for some years.(对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ did Mr John live in Beijing.
6. He takes an umbrella with him.(对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ he take with him?
六、用框格中的动词适当形式填空。10%(每题 1分)
1. — Can you __________ his room number
— No. I __________ it.
2. She __________ very thirsty, so she drank a lot of water.
3. Mr Mott finished __________ his bags an hour ago.
4. Mrs Mott liked __________ a pair of glasses.
5. Miss White __________ to go hiking with her friends
last week.
6. Did you __________ to her letter?
7. Tom often __________ Miss Gao to help him with his Chinese.
8. How long may I __________ these - books?
9. Mr Green told us something about English __________
in other countries.
10. Do you know who _________ the machine twenty years ago?
七、改错：下列各句均有一处错误，请把错误处字母标号写在括号
内，并在横线上改正。10%
( ) 1. Miss Mott is going to visit to our city next week. ______
A B C D
( ) 2. Mr John needn't an umbrella because it's very dry.______
A B C D
( ) 3. Did you hear Jim talked to his teacher just now?_______
A B C D
( ) 4. I looked at everything she does carefully.________
A B C D
( ) 5. Do you know the answer of the question now._________
A B C D
八、把下面句子译成英语。12%
1. 让我们向格林先生说声再见吧。
__________________________________________________
2. 她始终都努力学习。
__________________________________________________
3. 起初我觉得(find)英语很难学。
__________________________________________________
4. 昨天他乘飞机去英国了。
__________________________________________________
九、完形填空：10%
Once a rich (富的) man and a tailor (裁缝) lived in the 1 house. The rich man lived on the second floor and the poor tailor lived on the first floor. The tailor liked to sing 2 he made 3 . He sang one song after another. But the rich man liked to sleep 4 , and the singing wasn't good 5 his sleep. One day the rich man said. “Tailor, I'll give you a bag 6 of money every day if you stop 7 .”“OK,” said the tailor, And so the tailor stopped singing and became (变得) richer and richer. But the more money he got 8 the rich man, the more unhappy (不快乐) he became, because he wanted very much to sing again. Finally (最后) he took all the money 9 the rich man. “Here, ” he said.“Take your morney. I can't be happy if I don't sing.” And so he gave the money back to the rich man and went away singing. He sang and sang. He was 10 than before.
( )1.A. good B. the same C. a different D. same
( )2.A. because B. why C. when D. where
( )3.A. bags B. shoes C. clothes D. sweaters
( )4.A. little B. a little C. a lot of D. a lot
( )5.A. for B. to C. with D. in
( )6.A. empty B. full C. with D. inside
( )7.A. sing B. to sing C. singing D. sings
( )8.A. to B. from C. out D. of
( )9.A. away B. from C. back D. to
( )10.A. happy B. unhappier C. happier D. happiest
十、阅读理解：根据短文内容判断句子正“T”误“F”。10%
Mary lived in a small village. One early morning, her father took her ot her uncle's home in town. She had a very good time there.
Before Mary left in the evening, her uncle gave her a jar (罐子) and said, “There is some candy (糖果) in it. You may put your hand into it and take some when you want to eat something.”
Mary looked at the jar when she was in the train. It had a long and small neck (颈). She put her hand into the jar and took five pieces. But she could not get her hand out. She turned her hand in some ways, still she couldn't get her hand out. Finally (最后) she let go four pieces. Then she could pull her hand out of the jar.
( ) 1. One day Mary's father took her to her mother's brother's home.
( ) 2. Mary stayed in town for half a day.
( ) 3. Mary couldn't take the five pieces out together.
( ) 4. Mary didn't take out any candy at all.
( ) 5. Mary uncle wanted to make fun of her(与她开玩笑).
新 编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷(Unit 10)
A 卷
班级：_________ 座号：________ 姓名：_________
一、语音：在下列各组单词中找出重音位置不同于其它三个的词 5%
( ) 1.A. airport B. always C. celebrate D. invent
( ) 2.A. famous B. college C. along D. centre
( ) 3.A. farming B. museum C. lion D. later
( ) 4.A. remember B. matter C. soccer D. quickly
( ) 5.A. problem B. October C. picnic D. somebody
二、词汇。 12%
1) 根据句子意思，用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。(6分)(每
空1分)
1. Mr Zhang is a famous __________ (science).
2. She got up a bit __________ (late) today than yesterday.
3. Tom is a __________ (care) boy. He doesn't do anything
__________ (care).
4. What is the __________ (mean) of the sentence?
5. She enjoyed the __________ (paint) a lot.
2)根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(6分)(每空 1分)
1. The band is going to give a __________ tonight.
2. The band __________ “The Beatles” is visiting China now.
3. THe player __________ down and __________ one of her
legs this morning.
4. Did they visit any __________ part of your country?
5. Do you often __________ to the music?
三、选择填空。10%
( ) 1. Is this ____ to our city?
A. your the first visit B. your first visit
C. you first visit D. you to visit
( ) 2. There are two _____ in the band.
A. women singers B. woman singers
C. the women singers D. the woman singers
( ) 3. What ____ there yesterday afternoon?
A. was happened B. were happened
C. happened D. happen
( ) 4. Mary ____ a Chinese song from Miss Zhao last week.
A. studied B. studies C. learns D. learned
( ) 5. Are there many ______ tourists there now?
A. others B. the other C. other D. others
( ) 6. I like the people there and their _____.
A. music and dancing B. musics and dancing
C. music and dance D. musics and dance
( ) 7. Mr Black _____ good at Chinese ____ Japanese.
A. isn't, and B. is, or C. isn't, or D. isn't, but
( ) 8. When I was a child, _____ I often went swimming
in the river.
A. and B. so C. but D. /
( ) 9. Can you sing the songs _____ English?
A. with B. in C. by D. for
( ) 10. There are _____ students in No. 1 Middle School.
A. three thousand B. three thousands
C. three thousands D. three thousand of
四、用适当的词填空，完成下面对话。12%(每空 1分)
A：How __________ __________ are there in your band?
B：There are six.
A：Are there __________ girls?
B：Yes, but __________ one.
A：Do you often give a __________?
B：Yes. We just __________ a concert the night before.
A：Where?
B：In a town not __________ from here, about five miles
__________ .
A：__________ many people there?
B：Yes. About one thousand.
A：__________ were they?
B：Most of __________ were students or young people.
A：Did they enjoy your __________?
B：Yes, very much.
五、句形转换，按要求完成下面各句。16%(每空 1分)
1. Last night she watched TV for thirty minutes.(改为同义句)
__________ __________ she watched TV for __________
__________ __________ .
2. How many players are there in your team?(改为同义句)
How many players __________ your team __________?
3. There is no more problem. (改为同义句)
There __________ problem __________ __________ .
4. Over five hundred people are watching the game.(改为同义句)
__________ __________ five hundred people are watching
the game.
5. They called their baby Sarah. (改为同义句)
They __________ their baby Sarah.
6. They had a rest after work. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ they __________ after work?
7. John was born in New York, U.S.A.(对句子划线部分提问)
__________ was John born?
六、用框格中所给的动词适当形式填空。10%
1. There __________ two football games yesterday.
2. Does he want anything __________?
3. I'm sorry __________ Mary is ill.
4. She __________ two songs in the party last night.
5. Jane __________ home at six this morning.
6. The foreigners __________ in our city now.
7. John __________ to play football when he was ten.
8. — What are you doing?
— I __________ a composition.
9. — When did they get __________?
— In 1986.
10. Tom is a good student. He __________ hard.
七、根据汉语意思完成下面句子。15%
1. 在会议开始时，李先生作一个报告。
__________________________________________________
2. 晚会又继续一个小时。
__________________________________________________
3. 她匆忙地回去了。
__________________________________________________
八、完形填空。10%
Jack was an office worker. He worked in an office in a small town. One day his boss (老板) 1 to him, “Jack, I want you 2 to London, to an office there, to 3 Mr Brown.”
Jack went to London 4 train. When he got to London he thought. “The office isn't far from here. I can go there on foot. And I'll 5 it easily”
But after an hour, he was still looking for it, so he stopped and asked 6 old woman. She said, “Go along this street, turn on the left at the end, and it's the 7 on the right. Jack went and found it.”
8 days later, he went to the same city, 9 again he did not find the office. So he asked someone in the 10 . It was the same old woman. She was surprised (吃惊) and said, “Are you still looking for the place?”
( )1.A. told B. said C. asked D. says
( )2.A. go B. going C. to to D. went
( )3.A. see B. look C. watch D. look at
( )4.A. on B. at C. by D. in
( )5.A. look for B. look at C. found D. find
( )6.A. a B. an C. the D. some
( )7.A. two buildings B. second buildings
C. two buiding D. second building
( )8.A. A little B. Little C. Some D. Quite a lot
( )9.A. but B. and C. or D. for
( )10.A. stop B. street C. town D. way
九、完形填空：10%
There are three rich (富的) girls sitting near the river. They are quarrelling (争吵). One of them says, “Look, how white and beautiful my hands are!” Another says, “Mine are more beautiful.”
The third one says. “You are both wrong. Look, my hands are the most beautiful.” An old beggar (乞丐) is coming then. “Beautiful girls, ” she says, “I'm old and can't work. Now I'm hungry. Please give me something to eat. ” But the three girls give her nothing. They only ask her, “Tell me, old woman, who of us has the most beautiful hands?”
An old man is also sitting by the river. He is poor and his hand are dirty and rough (粗糙的) from work. The old woman comes to him and says. “I'm hungry. Please give me something to eat.” The old man takes out his only cake and gives it to the old woman.
The old woman eats it and has some water. Then she takes the old man by the hand, brings him before the girls and says. “Now I'll tell you whose hands are the most beautiful. Look, his hands are dirty and rough from work, but they give us food. They are the most beautiful. Your white hands are dirty, because they never do anything.”
( )1. The three girls _____.
A. have a quarrel every day B. are rich but not kind
C. talk about their hands D. live by the river
( )2. The old woman asks for something to eat ____.
A. but no one gives her anything
B. and one of the girls gives her a cake
C. because she wants to know whose hands are beautiful
D. because she is hungry.
( )3. The old man's hands are dirty and rough because ___.
A. he works all the time
B. he is the older than the woman
C. he doesn't like quarrelling with others
D. he doesn't like to wash her hands
( )4. The old woman says the old man's hands are the
most beautiful because _____.
A. she likes dirty hands better
B. the old man gives her the cake.
C. his hands do lots of work and give food to people
D. the three girls don't give her anything to eat.
( )5. — Which of the following is the best title (题) for
this passage? — _______.
A. Smooth (光滑的) hands, and rough hands
B. A old man and an old beggar
C. The rich girls hands D. The only cake.
新 编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷(Unit 11)
A 卷
班级：_________ 座号：________ 姓名：_________
一、在下列各组中找出划线部分不同于其它三个的词。5%
( )1.A. crop B. composition C. somebody D. together
( )2.A. kilometre B. metre C. elephant D. December
( )3.A. busy B. happy C. reply D. really
( )4.A. clear B. hear C. nearly D. heart
( )5.A. start B. March C. warm D. harvest
二、词汇。 10%
1) 根据英文释义写出对应单词。(5分)
1. ______________ the eighth month of the year
2. ______________ go on
3. ______________ a little hot
4. ______________ different from
5. ______________ any person
2)根据句子意思用适当的词填空。(5分)
1. When and where __________ you born?
2. I'd like you __________ me with my English.
3. Mother was ill. I __________ her to a hospital near here.
4. Stop __________ and listen to the teacher.
5. The children like __________ in the river in summer.
三、选择填空。10%
( ) 1. Trees ____ green and flowers start ___ in spring.
A. turn, coming B. turn, to come out
C. get, coming D. turn to, to come out
( ) 2. ____ does winter last in your country?
A. How long B. How many time
C. How far D. How much
( ) 3. Winter begins ___ November and ____ to January.
A. in, goes B. at, goes on C. on, last D. in, goes on
( ) 4. — ____ in winter in your hometown?
— It's cold.
A. How is the weather like B. What's the weather
C. What's the weather like
D. What does the weather look like
( ) 5. — _____ — It's December 20th, 2001.
A. What day is today? B. What date is it today?
C. Which day is it today? D. What's the date today?
( ) 6. Is autumn good ____?
A. to hike B. for hiking C. to hiking D. with hiking
( ) 7. I often have a swim ___ a lake or ___ a river.
A. on, on B. on, in C. in, on D. in, in
( ) 8. Lily knows little about the weather in China, ____?
A. does Lily B. does she
C. doesn't Lily D. doesn't she
( ) 9. In which country is the weacher ___ like ___ the
USA, England or Australia?
A. more, China's B. more, China
C. most, China's D. most, China
( ) 10. The seasons of the year in England and the USA
are ____.
A. quite different B. the same
C. nearly the same D. not the same at all.
四、用适当的词填空，完成下面对话。13%
A：Hi, Tom, __________ are you doing here?
T：I'm __________ for the bus.
A：__________ are you going?
T：I'm going to the __________ to __________ my uncle.
A：Oh, is he coming by himself?
T：Yes. The plane will arrive (到达) __________ half past
three. It's ten __________ three now. I have __________
twenty minutes.
A：How __________ does the bus run?
T：Every fifteen minutes. I missed (错过) a bus just ______,
and the next bus isn't coming. What shall I do now?
A：Don't __________.You may __________ a taxi. There is
taxi __________ there.
T：Oh, yes. Taxi! Taxi.
五、句形转换，按要求完成下列各句。17%(每空 1分)
1. Autumn lasts from August to October. (改为同义句)
Autumn __________ in August and __________ _________
to October.
2. It rained hard last night. (改为同义句)
It rained __________ last night.
3. In much of China, spring is usually very short.(改为同义句)
In _________ __________ of China, spring is usually very short.
4. John worked hard, _________ _________ ?(完成反意疑问句)
5. The weather isn't cold here, __________ __________ ?
(完成反意疑问句)
6. There are many people in the park, __________ ________?
(完成反意疑问句)
7. It's very hot here in summer.(对句子划线部分提问)
__________ the __________ __________ here in summer?
8. Winter lasts from November to January.(对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ does winter last?
六、用框格中动词适当形式填空。10%
1. Can you ________ how old Mary is this year?
2. Do you often __________ letters from Kate?
3. Many of the trees __________ yellow in autumn.
4. Most of us enjoy __________ on the farm.
5. She said she __________ much better then.
6. What sports do you like __________ in winter?
7. Miss Green __________ a Chinese teacher last month.
8. It __________ again yesterday.
9. Mr Black __________ a new coat the day before yesterday.
10. The farmer __________ some patotoes last year.
七、把下面句子翻译成英语。15%
1. 凯特说第二年她要再读一门外语。
__________________________________________________
2. 我们的计划与你们不一样。
__________________________________________________
3. 到福州参观最好的时间是秋天。
__________________________________________________
4. 这里一年到头天气都很暖和。
__________________________________________________
5. 你们国家一年有几个季节？
__________________________________________________
八、完形填空。10%
Liu Mei is a very good girl. At school, she 1 very hard. She likes 2 . She's very strong. At home, she often helps her parents 3 some housework. Her parents like her very much. 4 , her parents were 5 . She got up very early. After breakfast, she did her homework 6 . Then she cleaned all the windows. When she 7 the cleaning, Kate came in. Kate helped her do the cleaning and Liu Mei helped Kate 8 her Chinese. Then they played games. They had a good time. At about 6 o'clock, Liu Mei 9 the supper. Then she began to wait for her parents. When she was 10 TV, her parents came back. They were very gald to see supper was ready (准备好了) and all the rooms were clean.
( )1.A. study B. studied C. studies D. was studying
( )2.A. do sports B. doing sports
C. do sport D. doing a sport
( )3.A. do B. does C. doing D. in doing
( )4.A. On last Sunday B. In last Sunday
C. At last Sunday D. Last Sunday
( )5.A. in B. out C. at home D. not away
( )6.A. careless B. careful C. carefully D. very careful
( )7.A. was doing B. is doing C. does D. is going to do
( )8.A. in B. at C. of D. with
( )9.A. made B. did C. cooked D. ate
( )10.A. watching B. seeing C. looking at D. looking for
九、阅读理解，根据短文内容选择正确答案。10%
John left the United States in 1969 to work in Africa was hot, and when John came back to the United States in 1979, he said to himself, “It's much colder here than it was before I left. I'm going to buy an electric heater (加热器). Also, everything is much more expensive.”
John went to a store the next day to buy an electric heater. The salesman showed him three of four different kinds and then said. “And this one is the best. It costs (价值) a lot of money, but it saves (节省) half of your electricity, and electricity is very expensive, isn't it?”
“Yes, it's very expensive,” John answered, “and it's becoming worse (变得更糟了) every year.” He looked at the heater carefully, thought for a minute and then said, “Well, I'll take two of these, and then save all of my electricity.”
( ) 1. John left the USA _____ to work in Africa.
A. in nineteen sixty - nine B. in nineteen seventy -nine.
C. in ninety sixty - nine D. in one nine sixty nine
( ) 2. John went to a store the next day.“store” means ___.
A. school B. station C. shop D. park
( ) 3. The best electric heater is very ____.
A. cheap B. bad C. big D. dear
( ) 4. John looked at the heater carefully, ___ and then
said, “Well, I'll take two of these, Please . . .”
A. thought for a short time B. thought for a long time
C. thought about something D. thought of something
( ) 5. From the story we know ____.
A. two electric heaters would save John's all the electricity
B. two electric heaters were cheaper than one
C. John needed two electric heaters
D. John played a joke on (对……开玩笑) the salesman.
新 编
初二英语(上)单元测试 AB卷(Unit 12)
A 卷
班级：_________ 座号：________ 姓名：_________
一、在下列各组单词中找出一个重音位置不同于其它三个的词。5%
( )1.A. August B. enjoy C. cinema D. country
( )2.A. forest B. friendship C. interesting D. museum
( )3.A. below B. newspaper C. subject D. popular
( )4.A. useful B. weather C. umbrella D. winter
( )5.A. invent B. everything C. celebrate D. accident
二、词汇。 10%
1) 根据英语释义写出对应的单词。
1. ______________ under, lower than
2. ______________ time when it is day and not night
3. ______________ take something or somebody up
4. ______________ bright light from the sun
5. ______________ the last month of the year
2)根据句子意思用适当的词填空。
1. Tom has a Chinese dictionary, __________ he?
2. The __________ in England never gets too hot or too cold.
3. Please __________ up Mr White.
4. It's better to __________ some reading on Sundays.
5. Oh, it's snowing. Let's go and __________ a snowman.
三、选择填空。10%
( ) 1. ____ you like these drawings.
A. I hope B. I'm afraid C. I'm sorry D. Why don't
( ) 2. ____ hot day it is!
A. How B. What C. How a D. What a
( ) 3. The weather here is never too cold, ____?
A. isn't it B. is it C. does it D. doesn't it
( ) 4. Is it ____ easy question or____ hard one?
A. a, a B. an, an C. an, a D. a, an
( ) 5. Xinjiang is ____ of China.
A. in the north B. in the south
C. to the west D. in the west
( ) 6. There ____ in the daytime here.
A. is a strong sunshine B. is strong sunshine
C. are strong sunshine D. are strong sunshines
( ) 7. The snow is ____ sometimes in some places.
A. hard B. heavily C. heavy D. strong
( ) 8. _____ bad weather we are having!
A. What B. What a C. How a D. How
( ) 9. Thank you ______.
A. to listen to me B. listening to me
C. for listening to D. for listening
( ) 10. A. They will come here, _____?
A. will not they B. don't they
C. will they D. won't they
四、用适当的词填空，完成下面对话。18%(每空 1分)
A：Hello. How's the __________ in your city __________ this
time of __________ ?
B：It's cold, but __________ too cold.
A：I __________ it was warm. Your city looks so beautiful
in photos. __________ __________ ?
B：Yes. There are trees, grass and flowers __________.
A：__________ season is the best?
B：Spring, __________.
A：Why?
B：The weather is never too hot __________ too cold.
A：I hear it's often foggy.
B：__________ now. But it rains __________ __________ .
And it's quite cold in January. It's the __________
month of the year.
A：I __________. If I visit your city I __________ go in January.
B：You'd better go in spring. __________ to our city.
A：Thank you.
五、句形转换，按要求完成下面各句。18%(每空 1分)
1. Peter rings up Tom in the U.S.A. (改为同义句)
Peter __________ __________ Tom in the U.S.A.
2. It's very warm at noon. (改为同义句)
It's very warm __________ __________ __________ of the day.
3. How fine a day today! (改为同义句)
__________ __________ fine day today.
4. It is cloudy sometimes. (改为同义句)
It is cloudy __________ __________ .
5. Beijing will be rainy tomorrow. (对句子划线部分提问)
__________ __________ the weather __________ like in
Beijing tomorrow?
6. I know it's very dry there, __________ __________?
(完成反意疑问句)
7. There won't be a strong wind here, __________ __________?
(完成反意疑问句)
8. Kate hopes her parents will take her to visit China,
__________ __________? (完成反意疑问句)
六、改错：下列各名句均有一处错误，请将错误处字母标号写在括号
内，并在横线上改正。10%
( ) 1. It's not cloudy but very suny today. _____________
A B C D
( ) 2. Look, how beautiful pictures they are! ____________
A B C D
( ) 3. There will be snow at the night. _______________
A B C D
( ) 4. — How many children are playing games in the
A B C
playground? — There are ten. ________________
D
( ) 5. He says he is going to study in Beijing the next year.
A B C D______
七、把下面句子翻译成英语。9%
1. 过后雨将停了。
__________________________________________________
2. 天气正变得越来越暖和了。
__________________________________________________
3.明天气温将降到零下。
__________________________________________________
八、完形填空。10%
There are four seasons in a year, and spring is 1 one.
When the weather 2 warm, birds begin to sing and flowers come out. It 3 that spring has come. The shining sun makes 4 grow better and the daytime gets 5 than the night.
A famous Chinese saying“the year's work depends on (取决于) a good 6 ” tells us that spring is the beginning of a year. People in this season should make their plan for 7 .
Although (虽然) there are no beautiful colours, no good harvest, and no white snow in spring, it 8 “green” to the world. Everything in spring is full of vitality (活力).
Spring is so 9 that I like it very 10 . I wish spring would stay forever (永远).
( )1.A. a better B. the better C. the best D. a best
( )2.A. gets B. turn C. comes D. has
( )3.A. is B. shows C. thinks D. talks
( )4.A. everything B. nothing C. anything D. something
( )5.A. short B. shorter C. long D. longer
( )6.A. winter B. spring C. autumn D. summer
( )7.A. their study B. their work C. the year D. the new term
( )8.A. can bring B. can take C. may bring D. may get
( )9.A. hot B. cold C. beautiful D. rainy
( )10.A. well B. better C. best D. much
九、阅读理解，根据短文内容选择正确答案。10%
Ted liked fishing a lot and he was good at it. One day he caught about two pounds (磅) of fish and he was very happy and he took it home.
Ted had a good friend named Jack. He went to ask jack to have supper with him.
But when his wife (妻子) saw the fish, she said to herself, “Good! It was July 2nd yesterday. Today is my friend Mary's birthday (生日). I'll ask her to lunch and we will eat the fish. Fish is her favourite.”
So when Ted and Jack came back, the fish was never there. His said, “Oh, our neighbout's (邻居) cat ate it.Their cat is worse than the dog.” Ted didn't believe (相信) it. Because his neighbour's cat was only about three pounds. How could a cat about three pounds ate about two pounds of fish at one time! He took his wife to the neighbour's house, and asked the neighbour where their cat was. The neighbour said, “Oh, sorry, our dear cat died a month ago.”
( )1. Ted liked _____ very much.
A. fish B. the cat C. his wife D. fishing
( )2. Ted wanted to ask ____ to supper.
A. Mary B. Jack
C. his neighbour D. his wife and Mary
( )3. — Who are the fish? —______.
A. The cat B. Jack C. Mary D. His wife and Mary
( )4. Fish was _____ favourite food.
A. Ted's B. Jack's C. Mary's D. His wife's
( )5. Mary's birthday was _____.
A. on July 3rd B. on July 2nd
C. on July lst D. yesterday
初二英语单元练习 (Unit 10)
一、单项选择(共 30小题，计 30分)
(A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中找出其划线部分读音不同的一个。
( ) 1. A. machine B. chair C. touch D. watch
( ) 2. A. year B. yes C. yellow D. July
( ) 3. A. short B. forty C. sport D. worse
( ) 4. A. cook B. look C. foot D. noodle
( ) 5. A. helped B. asked C. needed D. watched
(B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白处的那一个。
( ) 6. Mr Smith _____ Tokyo last Saturday.
A. came from B. arrived C. reached D. went
( ) 7. The boy enjoyed _____ to the music.
A. listen B. to listen C. listening D. listens
( ) 8. Don't worry, we still have ____ time.
A. few B. a little C. a few D. little
( ) 9. “Do your exercises ____, children.” said Mum.
A. yourself B. you C. yourselves D. himself
( ) 10. I'm coming back ____ a minute.
A. in B. on C. after D. for
( ) 11. The girl has one apple, but she wants _____.
A. more some B. some more C. any more D. more any
( ) 12. Mr Brown teach ____ English.
A. our B. us C. we D. ours
( ) 13. — ____ do you go shopping? —Once a week.
A. How often B. How long C. How many D. How far
( ) 14. I was born ____ a spring morning in April, 1966.
A. in B. on C. at D. of
( ) 15. _____ the man does the same thing.
A. Every day B. Everyday C. everyday D. every day
( ) 16. His friend wasn't good at maths ____ music.
A. and B. but C. or D. in
( ) 17. They didn't want to stop ____ this song.
A. sing B. sings C. singing D. to sing
( ) 18. There ____ a band in our school last year.
A. wasn't B. weren't C. isn't D. aren't
( ) 19. Luo Jing is a famous journalist ____ the CCTV.
A. in B. at C. from D. near
( ) 20. When he was a child, he ____ to learn English.
A. begin B. began C. take D. took
( ) 21. Liverpool is a _____ team in England.
A. basketball B. football C. table-tennis D. chess
( ) 22. ____ the end of the class, we sang an English song.
A. In B. On C. At D. After
( ) 23. He ____ home late last night.
A. got to B. gets C. got D. getting
( ) 24. Did you finish ____ that book?
A. reads B. read C. reading D. to read
( ) 25. I was away for ____ an hour yesterday.
A. more B. less than C. less D. half of
( ) 26. I'll be ____ next time.
A. careful B. more careful
C. more carefully D. most careful
( ) 27. I'm quite hungry. ____ there ____ to eat?
A. Is, some B. Are, something
C. Is, anything D. Are, some
( ) 28. Erik went from one place to ____.
A. other B. others C. the other D. another
( ) 29. There was someone ____ the door.
A. in B. at C. on D. to
( ) 30. Please try your best ____ the problem.
A. to work B. to work out C. to do D. to do out
二、完形填空。(共 10小题，计 10分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案，完成短文。
Jimmy is very 1 at maths. Mary, his sister, doesn't do well 2 it. Jimmy often helps her with maths. One night Jimmy and Mary took out their exercise-books and began 3 their lessons. Soon Jimmy finished 4 his homework but his sister 5 . she couldn't work 6 the last problem. “Let me 7 you,” said Jimmy. “No, please 8 , I'll do it myself.” said Mary. She thought and thought. An hour 9 , she worked it out. She was very tired but very 10 .
( ) 1. A. good B. better C. fine D. well
( ) 2. A. at B. in C. on D. of
( ) 3. A. to make B. do C. to do D. to get
( ) 4. A. do B. to do C. did D. doing
( ) 5. A. couldn't B. don't C. needn't D. can't
( ) 6. A. on B. out C. at D. for
( ) 7. A. to help B. to speak C. help D. to tell
( ) 8. A. didn't B. couldn't C. can't D. don't
( ) 9. A. after B. later C. behind D. in
( ) 10. A. sorry B. bad C. happy D. angry
三、阅读理解。(共 10小题，计 15分)
(A) 阅读短文，判断正误。正确的在括号内填“T”，错误的填“F”。
Tom went to school when he was six years old. He liked his first day very much. His teacher, Miss Smith, was very nice, and the other children in his class were nice, too. But at the end (末尾) of the second day, when the other children left the classroom, Tom stayed behind.
Miss Smith had some work to do and did not see Tom at first (起先), but then she looked up and saw him. “Why didn't you go with the others, Tom?” She asked, “did you want to ask me a question?”
“Yes, Miss Smith”, Tom said.
“What did I do in school today?” Tom said, Miss Smith laughed, “What did you do in school today?” she said, “Why did you ask me that, Tom?”
“Because my mother is going to ask me when I get home.”
( ) 1. Tom was a student when he was six years old.
( ) 2. Tom's teacher was nice, but some of the children
were not.
( ) 3. Tom wanted to ask Miss Smith a question one day.
( ) 4. Tom's father wanted to know what he did that day.
( ) 5. Miss Smith was a nice teacher.
(B) 阅读短文，选择最佳答案。
It was a beautiful spring morning, and the sun was warm but not too hot. Mr Green saw an old man at the bus stop with a big, strong, black umbrella (伞) in his hand.
Mr Green said to him, “Do you think we're going to have rain today?”
“No,” said the old man, “I don't think so.”
“Then are you carrying the umbrella because the sun is too hot?”
“No, the sun is not very hot in spring.”
Mr Green looked at the big umbrella again, and the man said, “I am an old man, and my legs are not very strong. I must have a walking-stick (手杖). But people will say, ‘Look! That man is so old,’and I don't like that. When I carry an umbrella in fine weather, people only say, ‘Look at that stupid (傻的) man.’”
( ) 6. This story took place (发生) ____.
A. at night B. on a cold winter day
C. on a spring morning D. on a summer afternoon
( ) 7. What was the weather like that day? _____
A. It rained hard. B. The sun was too hot.
C. It was windy and there was some clouds in the sky.
D. It was sunny and the sun was warm but not too hot.
( ) 8. Mr Green saw the old man ____.
A. in the street B. in the park
C. at the bus stop D. on the hill
( ) 9. The old man had ____ in his hand.
A. a brush B. an umbrella
C. an old walk-stick D. a big bag
( ) 10. Which of the following is right? _____
A. The old man thought it was going to rain.
B. Mr Green and the old man were good friends.
C. The old man borrowed an umbrella from Mr Green.
D. The old man carried an umbrella instead of
his walking-stick.
四、单词拼写。(共 10小题，计 10分)
阅读下面短文，根据首字母在横线上写出所缺单词，使短文通顺。
Yesterday was Sunday. Mrs Smith t 1 his family to the park in the morning. They got up e 2 and had their breakfast q 3 . After that they went to the park b 4 car. It w 5 nice when they got there. There were m 6 people in the park. Linda climbed the hills in the m 7 of the park. Tom flew a kite w 8 some other children. Mr Smith and his wife s 9 under a tall tree and had a rest. The Smith's family had a good t 10 all the morning.
五、句型转换。(共 10小题，计 10分)
1. They are going to have some classes this week.(改为否定句)
They _________ going to have _________ classes this week.
2. Jim's father gets up early every day. (改为一般疑问句)
__________ Jim's father __________ up early every day?
3. The old man is sitting next to his son. (改为一般疑问句)
__________ the old man __________ next to his son?
4. Write the words on the blackboard. (改为否定句)
__________ __________ the words on the blackboard.
5. There are forty students in our class. (对划线部分提问)
__________ __________ students are there in your class?
6. His brother was at home yesterday because he was ill.
(对划线部分提问)
__________ ___________ his brother at home yesterday?
7. Lucy is taller than any other girl in her class.
(改写句子，使句意不变)
Lucy is __________ __________ _________ in her class.
8. Excuse me, where's the nearest post office, please?
(改写句子，使句意不变)
Excuse me, how __________ __________ __________ to the
nearest post office?
9. My brother watched TV last Sunday evening. (对划线部分提问)
_________ __________ your brother __________ last Sunday
evening.
10. They had five classes yesterday. (对划线部分提问)
_________ _________ classes __________ they __________ yesterday?
六、汉译英。(共 5小题，计 5分)
1. 在回家的路上，我遇到了我的一位老朋友。
I __________ an old friend of mine __________ _________
________ home.
2. 休息后，他继续做作业。
__________ he had a rest, he __________ __________
__________ his homework.
3. 我父亲小时候喜欢音乐和足球。
__________ my father was young, he liked __________ and
__________.
4. 你参观过中国的其他的地方吗？
Did you _________ __________ _________ parts of China?
5. 他非常粗心，以致于撞坏了脚。
He was __________ __________ that he __________ his leg.
初二英语单元试卷 (Units 8－10)
一、单词辩音。找出不同的词。(10%)
( )1.A. singer B. younger C. longer D. English
( )2.A. famous B. happen C. grape D. potato
( )3.A. science B. accident C. medicine D. Suedish
( )4.A. ticket B. Cinema C. less D. because
( )5.A. thousand B. newspaper C. useful D. tourists
( )6.A. helped B. asked C. needed D. watched
( )7.A. talk B. also C. always D. almost
( )8.A. year B. yes C. yellow D. July
( )9.A. understand B. discuss
C. usually D. hurry
( )10.A. tomorrow B. grow C. town D. follow
二、词形变化。 (10%)
1. passed (同音词)___________ 2. teach(过去式)___________
3. nine (序数词)____________ 4.forget (反义词)___________
5. use (形容词)____________ 6. health (形容词)__________
7. build (名词)____________ 8. marry (过去式)__________
9. popular (比较词)___________ 10. yourself(复数)__________
三、用所给的适当形式填空。(14%)
1. He has a son ____________ Peter. (name)
2. Don't walk so ____________ in the street. (quick)
3. My mother is ____________ in my family. (busy)
4. They are ____________ but they can speak Chinese
well. (Australia)
5. These ____________ are my friend's. (watch)
6. Mary has ____________ apples than Tom. (many)
7. December is the __________ month of the year. (twelve)
8. The boy is very strong. He can do the work __________.(he)
9. He is ____________. He often makes mistakes in his
homework. (care)
10. Both of his parents are ____________ (science).
11. He sings very ____________(good). He is a famous
____________(sing).
12. The Chinese people are ___________ to us all.(friendship)
13. English is the most ___________ language in the world.
We must learn it well.(use)
14. I'm interested in these ____________ (paint).
四、用动词的适当形式填空。(15%)
1. He hopes __________ (have) a new bike next month.
2. The students enjoy __________ (do) sport very much.
Look! They __________ (play) football there.
3. __________ (not be) late for class next time.
4. The other students must __________ (keep) their eyes
__________ (close)
5. __________ (be) everyone in the classroom that day?
6. __________ (eat) too much is bad for our health.
7. They __________ (work) on the farm next Sunday.
8. Stop __________ (talk)! It's time for class, please.
9. _________ he want _________ (buy) a new coat every year?
10. Thank you for __________ (ask) me.
11. The girls are good at __________ (sing).
12. Let me __________ (have) a look.
13. Would you like __________ (go) boating with us?
14. It's time __________ (read) English. Let's begin.
15. What about __________ (give) us a talk?
五、选择题。(20%)
( ) 1. Which sport do you like best? ______.
A. Football B. The football
C. Footballs D. The footballs
( ) 2. There is ____ bread in this box than in that one.
A. less B. a little C. a few D. fewer
( ) 3. There is going to ___ a basketball game next Saturday.
A. has B. is C. be D. have
( ) 4. Wei Hua ____ lunch in the school.
A. doesn't often have B. hasn't
C. don't have D. often don't
( ) 5. Would you like to have a cup of tea? ______.
A. I don't know B. Some milk, please
C. No, thanks D. I'd like a cup of milk
( ) 6. __ the morning of Mid - autunm Day we stay at home.
A. In B. On C. At D. From
( ) 7. There is _____ “h”, ____“u” and ____ “r” in
the word “hour”.
A. a, a, a, B. an, an, an C. an, a, an D. the, a, an
( ) 8. There are three ____ students in their school.
A. hundred B. hundreds
C. hundreds of D. a hundred
( ) 9. Which house do you _______?
A. live in B. live C. live on D. live at
( ) 10. A：Happy New Year! B： _____.
A. Thank you all the same B. That's all right
C. the same to you D. All right
( ) 11. A：Please pass a knife to me. B：_____.
A. Give you B. Here you are
C. That's right D. That's all right
( ) 12. My mother ____ a rest after work.
A. hasn't B. doesn't have
C. doesn't has D. haven't
( ) 13. ____ are going to the farm next month.
A. Read B. The Reads C. Read's D. Te Read's
( ) 14. There are some new words on the blackboard.
Please _____.
A. write it down B. write them down
C. write down it D. write down them
( ) 15. I _____ the teacher, but I _____ nothing.
A. heard to, listened B. listened to, heard
C. heard, listened D. heard, listened
( ) 16. Which is the _____ river in China?
A. two longest B. second long
C. second longest D. first longer
( ) 17. “February 21st, 1998”, you must read it ____.
A. February twenty-first, nineteen ninety-eight.
B. February the twenty-first, nineteen ninety- eight
C. February the twenty first, nineteen nineth eight
D. February the twenty first, nineteen-ninety-eighth
( ) 18. Do you enjoy _____ in China?
A. live B. to live C. lived D. living
( ) 19. His spoken English is just ____.
A. good B. poor C. so-so D. beautifully
( ) 20. Mrs Mott ____ a memory robot to help her
husband to remember things.
A. invent B. invented C. to invent D. inventing
六、句型转换。(8%)
1. I think he is going to play with us this Sunday.
(改为否定句)
I __________ think he __________ going to play with us
this Sunday.
2. They did morning exercises this morning. (改为一般疑问句)
________ they ________ morning exercises this morning?
3. Wei Hua had a busy day last Saturday.(改为感叹句)
_________ _________ busy day Wei Hua had last Saturday.
4. It was February 19th the day before yesterday.
(对划线部分提问)
What __________ __________ __________ the day before
yesterday?
5. My brother works very hard.(对划线部分提问)
__________ __________ your brother __________?
6. She is the tallest in her class.(同义替换划线部分)
She is _________ _________ _________ student in her class.
7. Which month do you like best?(同义替换划线部分)
Which month is your __________?
七、完成对话。(6%)
(A wants to go to the park)
A：__________ me! __________ is the park, please?
B：Oh! __________ this street, _____________ right at the
_________ crossing. Go on to the end of the street, you'll see the park __________ your left hand side.
A：Thank you very much.
B：You're welcome.
八、完形填空。(12%)
One morning Lenin was going to his office. 1 the gate a guard stopped him.“Your pass, please.”“Oh, yes, my pass,” said Lenin. “It's in one of my pockets.” He began 2 for it in his pockets. Just then a young man came 3 . This young man 4 Lenin. He 5 to the guard, “Let him in.”“No, I 6 him in if he has no pass. What's more, I 7 to see your pass, too.” The young man 8 angry. “This is Comrade Lenin. Let him in, I tell you!” He 9 at the guard. “Don't shout at him.” Lenin told the young man.“He's right. We 10 obey the rules!” Lenin 11 his pass and showed it to the guard. The guard looked at it 12 . Yes, it was Lenin himself.
( )1.A. On B. At C. In D. To
( )2.A. look B. looking C. to look D. looked
( )3.A. up B. in C. on D. over
( )4.A. thought B. heard C. learned D. knew
( )5.A. spoke B. said C. told D. talk
( )6.A. don't let B. didn't let C. won't let D. can't let
( )7.A. want B. let C. ask D. tell
( )8.A. become B. became C. has become D. was coming
( )9.A. called B. laughed C. smilled D. shouted
( )10.A. can B. may C. must D. have to
( ) 11. A. saw B. found C. looked for D. looked at
( )12. A. clearly B. quietly C. luckily D. carefully
(pocket 口袋, shout 喊叫, angry 生气, become 变成, rulers 制度,
if 假如, guard 卫兵, pass 通行证, what's more 而且, obey遵守)
九、阅读理解，判断正误。(5%)
Long long ago, a man stole (偷) one of John's horses. John went with a police officer to the man's house. He wanted to get the horse back, but the man didn't give the horse up. He said that it was his horse. John put both of his hands over the eyes of the horse and said to the man. “If this is your horse, you must tell us in which eye he is blind.”“In the right eye!” the man said. John took his hands from the right eye of the horse and showed the police officer that the horse was not blind in the right eye.“Oh, I made a mistake,” said the man.“ He is blind in the left eye.” John showed that the horse was not blind in the left eye. Then the police officer said, “You must give the horse back to John.”
( stole 偷, both 两个都, blind 瞎, lost 丢, own 自己的)
( )1. John lost one of his horses.
( )2. The man didn't give the horse up because the
horse was his own horse.
( )3. At first the man said the horse was blind in the left eye.
( )4. The horse was blind in both eyes.
( )5. At last the man gave the horse to John.
初二英语单元练习 (Unit 10)
一、单项选择(共 30小题，计 30分)
(A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中找出其划线部分读音不同的一个。
( ) 1. A. machine B. chair C. touch D. watch
( ) 2. A. year B. yes C. yellow D. July
( ) 3. A. short B. forty C. sport D. worse
( ) 4. A. cook B. look C. foot D. noodle
( ) 5. A. helped B. asked C. needed D. watched
(B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 中选出可以填入空白处的那一个。
( ) 6. Mr Smith _____ Tokyo last Saturday.
A. came from B. arrived C. reached D. went
( ) 7. The boy enjoyed _____ to the music.
A. listen B. to listen C. listening D. listens
( ) 8. Don't worry, we still have ____ time.
A. few B. a little C. a few D. little
( ) 9. “Do your exercises ____, children.” said Mum.
A. yourself B. you C. yourselves D. himself
( ) 10. I'm coming back ____ a minute.
A. in B. on C. after D. for
( ) 11. The girl has one apple, but she wants _____.
A. more some B. some more C. any more D. more any
( ) 12. Mr Brown teach ____ English.
A. our B. us C. we D. ours
( ) 13. — ____ do you go shopping? —Once a week.
A. How often B. How long C. How many D. How far
( ) 14. I was born ____ a spring morning in April, 1966.
A. in B. on C. at D. of
( ) 15. _____ the man does the same thing.
A. Every day B. Everyday C. everyday D. every day
( ) 16. His friend wasn't good at maths ____ music.
A. and B. but C. or D. in
( ) 17. They didn't want to stop ____ this song.
A. sing B. sings C. singing D. to sing
( ) 18. There ____ a band in our school last year.
A. wasn't B. weren't C. isn't D. aren't
( ) 19. Luo Jing is a famous journalist ____ the CCTV.
A. in B. at C. from D. near
( ) 20. When he was a child, he ____ to learn English.
A. begin B. began C. take D. took
( ) 21. Liverpool is a _____ team in England.
A. basketball B. football C. table-tennis D. chess
( ) 22. ____ the end of the class, we sang an English song.
A. In B. On C. At D. After
( ) 23. He ____ home late last night.
A. got to B. gets C. got D. getting
( ) 24. Did you finish ____ that book?
A. reads B. read C. reading D. to read
( ) 25. I was away for ____ an hour yesterday.
A. more B. less than C. less D. half of
( ) 26. I'll be ____ next time.
A. careful B. more careful
C. more carefully D. most careful
( ) 27. I'm quite hungry. ____ there ____ to eat?
A. Is, some B. Are, something
C. Is, anything D. Are, some
( ) 28. Erik went from one place to ____.
A. other B. others C. the other D. another
( ) 29. There was someone ____ the door.
A. in B. at C. on D. to
( ) 30. Please try your best ____ the problem.
A. to work B. to work out C. to do D. to do out
二、完形填空。(共 10小题，计 10分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案，完成短文。
Jimmy is very 1 at maths. Mary, his sister, doesn't do well 2 it. Jimmy often helps her with maths. One night Jimmy and Mary took out their exercise-books and began 3 their lessons. Soon Jimmy finished 4 his homework but his sister 5 . she couldn't work 6 the last problem. “Let me 7 you,” said Jimmy. “No, please 8 , I'll do it myself.” said Mary. She thought and thought. An hour 9 , she worked it out. She was very tired but very 10 .
( ) 1. A. good B. better C. fine D. well
( ) 2. A. at B. in C. on D. of
( ) 3. A. to make B. do C. to do D. to get
( ) 4. A. do B. to do C. did D. doing
( ) 5. A. couldn't B. don't C. needn't D. can't
( ) 6. A. on B. out C. at D. for
( ) 7. A. to help B. to speak C. help D. to tell
( ) 8. A. didn't B. couldn't C. can't D. don't
( ) 9. A. after B. later C. behind D. in
( ) 10. A. sorry B. bad C. happy D. angry
三、阅读理解。(共 10小题，计 15分)
(A) 阅读短文，判断正误。正确的在括号内填“T”，错误的填“F”。
Tom went to school when he was six years old. He liked his first day very much. His teacher, Miss Smith, was very nice, and the other children in his class were nice, too. But at the end (末尾) of the second day, when the other children left the classroom, Tom stayed behind.
Miss Smith had some work to do and did not see Tom at first (起先), but then she looked up and saw him. “Why didn't you go with the others, Tom?” She asked, “did you want to ask me a question?”
“Yes, Miss Smith”, Tom said.
“What did I do in school today?” Tom said, Miss Smith laughed, “What did you do in school today?” she said, “Why did you ask me that, Tom?”
“Because my mother is going to ask me when I get home.”
( ) 1. Tom was a student when he was six years old.
( ) 2. Tom's teacher was nice, but some of the children
were not.
( ) 3. Tom wanted to ask Miss Smith a question one day.
( ) 4. Tom's father wanted to know what he did that day.
( ) 5. Miss Smith was a nice teacher.
(B) 阅读短文，选择最佳答案。
It was a beautiful spring morning, and the sun was warm but not too hot. Mr Green saw an old man at the bus stop with a big, strong, black umbrella (伞) in his hand.
Mr Green said to him, “Do you think we're going to have rain today?”
“No,” said the old man, “I don't think so.”
“Then are you carrying the umbrella because the sun is too hot?”
“No, the sun is not very hot in spring.”
Mr Green looked at the big umbrella again, and the man said, “I am an old man, and my legs are not very strong. I must have a walking-stick (手杖). But people will say, ‘Look! That man is so old,’and I don't like that. When I carry an umbrella in fine weather, people only say, ‘Look at that stupid (傻的) man.’”
( ) 6. This story took place (发生) ____.
A. at night B. on a cold winter day
C. on a spring morning D. on a summer afternoon
( ) 7. What was the weather like that day? _____
A. It rained hard. B. The sun was too hot.
C. It was windy and there was some clouds in the sky.
D. It was sunny and the sun was warm but not too hot.
( ) 8. Mr Green saw the old man ____.
A. in the street B. in the park
C. at the bus stop D. on the hill
( ) 9. The old man had ____ in his hand.
A. a brush B. an umbrella
C. an old walk-stick D. a big bag
( ) 10. Which of the following is right? _____
A. The old man thought it was going to rain.
B. Mr Green and the old man were good friends.
C. The old man borrowed an umbrella from Mr Green.
D. The old man carried an umbrella instead of
his walking-stick.
四、单词拼写。(共 10小题，计 10分)
阅读下面短文，根据首字母在横线上写出所缺单词，使短文通顺。
Yesterday was Sunday. Mrs Smith t 1 his family to the park in the morning. They got up e 2 and had their breakfast q 3 . After that they went to the park b 4 car. It w 5 nice when they got there. There were m 6 people in the park. Linda climbed the hills in the m 7 of the park. Tom flew a kite w 8 some other children. Mr Smith and his wife s 9 under a tall tree and had a rest. The Smith's family had a good t 10 all the morning.
五、句型转换。(共 10小题，计 10分)
1. They are going to have some classes this week.(改为否定句)
They _________ going to have _________ classes this week.
2. Jim's father gets up early every day. (改为一般疑问句)
__________ Jim's father __________ up early every day?
3. The old man is sitting next to his son. (改为一般疑问句)
__________ the old man __________ next to his son?
4. Write the words on the blackboard. (改为否定句)
__________ __________ the words on the blackboard.
5. There are forty students in our class. (对划线部分提问)
__________ __________ students are there in your class?
6. His brother was at home yesterday because he was ill.
(对划线部分提问)
__________ ___________ his brother at home yesterday?
7. Lucy is taller than any other girl in her class.
(改写句子，使句意不变)
Lucy is __________ __________ _________ in her class.
8. Excuse me, where's the nearest post office, please?
(改写句子，使句意不变)
Excuse me, how __________ __________ __________ to the
nearest post office?
9. My brother watched TV last Sunday evening. (对划线部分提问)
__________ _________ your brother __________ last Sunday
evening.
10. They had five classes yesterday. (对划线部分提问)
__________ _________ classes _________ they __________ yesterday?
六、汉译英。(共 5小题，计 5分)
1. 在回家的路上，我遇到了我的一位老朋友。
I __________ an old friend of mine __________ _________
________ home.
2. 休息后，他继续做作业。
__________ he had a rest, he __________ __________
__________ his homework.
3. 我父亲小时候喜欢音乐和足球。
__________ my father was young, he liked __________ and
__________.
4. 你参观过中国的其他的地方吗？
Did you _________ __________ _________ parts of China?
5. 他非常粗心，以致于撞坏了脚。
He was __________ __________ that he __________ his leg.
初二英语单元练习 (Unit 11)
一、 从每小题中找出划线部分读音不同的词。(共 5小题，计 5分)
( ) 1. A. mean B. meat C. meal D. really
( ) 2. A. cool B. foot C. wood D. noon
( ) 3. A. spring B. ring C. dangerous D. wrong
( ) 4. A. snow B. slow C. window D. down
( ) 5. A. answered B. talked C. lived D. stayed
二、单项选择。(共 20小题，计 20分)
( ) 1. Thank you _____ your help.
A. on B. for C. of D. with
( ) 2. Spring is _____ season of the year.
A. good B. the better C. the best D. the well
( ) 3. We can go ____ in summer.
A. swim B. swiming C. to swim D. swimming
( ) 4. Do you like _____ in winter?
A. skate B. skateing C. skating D. to skating
( ) 5. Sam is getting ready ____ the next lesson.
A. to B. of C. on D. for
( ) 6. Some people don't like winter, but I ____ like it.
A. quick B. quite C. quiet D. quietly
( ) 7. You need ____ warm clothes now. It's cold.
A. wear B. put on C. to wear D. to put on
( ) 8. The weather here is better than ____.
A. Beijing B. in Beijing C. of Beijing D. Beijing's
( ) 9. I enjoy ____ music.
A. listen B. listen to C. listening D. listening to
( ) 10. Which season do you like ___, spring, autumn or summer?
A. good B. well C. better D. best
( ) 11. — Isn't it too hot here in summer? —_____.
A. Yes, it is. B. No, it is
C. Not at all D. No, it doesn't
( ) 12. It was very hot, ____?
A. doesn't it B. wasn't it C. was it D. does it
( ) 13. They went fishing, ____?
A. did they B. do they C. didn't they D. don't they
( ) 14. He doesn't want to go there, ____?
A. does he B. do he C. doesn't he D. don't he
( ) 15. There are a lot of apples ____ the tree.
A. on B. in C. at D. for
( ) 16. Her skirt is different from _____.
A. my B. mine C. I D. me
( ) 17. I wasn't in when you ____.
A. call me B. rang me C. calling I D. ring I
( ) 18. The twins were ill in bed, _____.
A. aren't they B. weren't they C. were they D. are they
( ) 19. They came to the town ____ a bad time of year.
A. in B. on C. from D. at
( ) 20. What ____ delicious food we have today!
A. an B. the C. a D. /
三、完形填空。(共 10小题，计 10分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案，完成短文。
In Shenzhen there are four seasons.
Spring is the 1 season of 2 year. It comes 3 February. It begins to be 4 . Trees are green again. Flowers come 5 . Farmers go to work in the field.
Summer is hot with 6 days and short nights. It often rains. There are a lot of people swimming in the sea.
Autumn begins in August. It's not too hot 7 too cold. We can enjoy 8 . It's the 9 season for picnic(野餐).
When winter comes, it is cold. Plants stop growing. Birds fly to the south. But it 10 snows here in Shenzhen.
( ) 1. A. first B. second C. third D. fourth
( ) 2. A. / B. a C. an D. the
( ) 3. A. in B. on C. at D. to
( ) 4. A. hot B. cold C. warm D. cool
( ) 5. A. life B. lives C. to life D. liveing
( ) 6. A. short B. shorter C. long D. longer
( ) 7. A. and B. or C. but D. nor
( ) 8. A. sun B. the sun C. sunshine D. a sunshine
( ) 9. A. good B. well C. better D. best
( ) 10. A. often B. never C. usually D. sometimes
四、阅读理解。(共 10小题，计 15分)
(A) 根据短文内容，判断正误。正确的在括号内填“T”，错误的填“F”。
Mike was from the USA. When he got to China, it was winter. the weather was very cold, he had to put on warmer clothes. Walking in the street, he found the leaves on the trees were away, and the north - east wind was blowing strongly, the snows like piece of small flowers fell down from the sky, the ground (地面) was covered (覆盖) with white clothes. The people were coming and going busily. At this time, many schools were over, children went to the lakes or rivers to skate. They enjoyed it and had a good time.
( ) 1. Mike is an American.
( ) 2. It was very cold. So he must put on warmer clothes.
( ) 3. When he reached China, there was nothing on the trees.
( ) 4. At the time the land looked like a white man.
( ) 5. Children loved the winter.
(B) 阅读短文，选择最佳答案。
Robert is nine years old and Joanna is seven. They live at Mount Ebenezer. Their father has a big property (财产). In Australia they call a farm a property. (财产)
Robert and Joanna like school very much. At school they can talk to their friends, but Robert and Joanna can not see their friends. They live 100 or 300 miles away and they go to school by radio.
Mount Ebenezer is in the center (中心) of Australia. Not many people live in “The Center”. There are no schools with desks and blackboards and no teachers in “ The Center”. School is a room at home with a two - way radio. The teacher aslo has a two - way radio. Every morning he calls each student on the radio. When all the students answer, lessons begin... .Think of your teacher 300 miles away!
( ) 6. The children in “The Center” do not go to school
because ____.
A. they live too far away from one another
B. they do not like school
C. their families are too poor
D. they are not old enough to go to school
( ) 7. To send their children to school, parents in “The
Center” of Australia must have ____.
A. a property B. a car
C. a school room at home D. a special radio
( ) 8. Teachers in “The Center” of Australia teach ___.
A. not in the classroom but at the homes of the students
B. by speaking only and not showing anything
C. without using any textbooks or pictures
D. without knowing whether the students are attending
( ) 9. When children are haveing a lesson, they can hear
their teacher ____.
A. but their teacher can not hear them
B. and their teacher can hear them too
C. and can see their teacher, too
D. and see him or her at the same time
( ) 10. Property in Australia is a ____.
A. house B. school C. farm D. radio
五、用所给动词的正确形式填空。(共 10小题，计 10分)
1. We __________ (see) a film next week.
2. Who __________ (play) football over there?
3. Where __________ you __________ (go) last month?
4. Don't __________ (write) on the wall.
5. Everything __________ (begin) to grow in spring.
6. She took off her coat and _________ (sit) down in the chair.
7. It's __________ (good) to wear warm cloths.
8. It often rains __________ (heavy) in summer.
9. You need __________ (clean) your coat.
10. Autumn in China __________ (last) from August to October.
六、改写句子，并保持句意不变。(共 10小题，计 10分)
1. Why don't you take off your sweater?
Why __________ __________ __________ your sweater?
2. What's the weather like in Australia?
__________ __________ __________ _________ in Australia?
3. Where are you from?
Where __________ you __________ __________?
4. The small village is near Sydney.
The small village is not __________ __________ Sydney.
5. Last year we helped them with the orange - picking.
Last year we helped them __________ __________ orange.
6. I often go swimming.
I often go __________ __________.
7. These two desks are not the same.
This desk __________ _________ __________ that ________.
8. You'd better not take off your coat.
You __________ __________ put on your coat.
9. Winter is the coldest season in a year.
Winter is __________ than __________ __________ season in
a year.
10. Can you tell me how I can mend the radio?
Can you tell me __________ __________ mend the radio?
七、汉译英。(共5 小题，计 10分)
1. 农民们正在为来年作准备。
The farmers are _________ ready __________ the __________ year.
2. 英语与中文不同。
English is __________ __________ Chinese.
3. 冬天很冷，最好穿上暖和的衣服。
Winter is cold. It's __________ to wear warm __________.
4. 你们打算下个春天去法国，是吗？
You are going to France next spring, _________ ________?
5. 英国现在的天气怎么样？
__________ is the weather __________ in England now?
初二英语单元练习 (Unit 12)
一、单项选择(共 30小题,计 30分)
(A) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中找出其划线部分读音不同的一个。
( ) 1. A. cloudy B. now C. town D. blow
( ) 2. A. rainy B. nearly C. strongly D. yellow
( ) 3. A. needed B. watched C. helped D. finished
( ) 4. A. country B. unlike C. sunshine D. beautiful
( ) 5. A. lie B. bright C. shine D. beautiful
(B) 从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案。
( ) 6. In ____ of China, spring is very short.
A. many B. much C. a lot D. lot
( ) 7. Which country has weather the ____ like China's?
A. more B. most C. good D. better
( ) 8. Bruce rings me up ____ the telephone.
A. in B. at C. to D. on
( ) 9. Look at the rain. It's raining ____ now.
A. heavy B. heavily C. big D. bigger
( ) 10. He likes ______ sport.
A. do many B. do much C. doing many D. doing much
( ) 11. What beautiful sunshine ____!
A. is it B. it is C. they are D. are they
( ) 12. There's _____ snow today.
A. a lot B. a few C. heavily D. lots of
( ) 13. _____ it is this week!
A. What cold B. How cold C. What D. How a cold day
( ) 14. What a ____ wind! It's blowing _____.
A. strong, strongly B. strongly, strong
C. heavy, heavily D. big, small
( ) 15. ___ the weather in Beijing, it's usually hot in Guangzhou.
A. Like B. Unlike C. Dislike D. Don't like
( ) 16. After I did my homework, I go on ___ some books.
A. read B. reading C. to read D. to reading
( ) 17. We have _____ beautiful sunshine.
A. a B. an C. the D. /
( ) 18. I love autumn _____ it's nice and cool.
A. but B. and C. because D. for
( ) 19. Tomorrow is going to get _____ than today.
A. warm B. warmest C. warmer D. the warmest
( ) 20. It's blowing and raining very _____.
A. heavy B. heavier C. heavily D. heaviler
( ) 21. After ____ it gets warmer and warmer in China.
A. winter B. spring C. autumn D. summer
( ) 22. When the sun is shining, it's _____.
A. sun B. rain C. sunny D. cloudy
( ) 23. What are you going to be _____?
A. at the back of B. behind C. later on D. ago
( ) 24. He is ____ to go to school.
A. enough old B. old enough
C. older enough D. enough older
( ) 25. There is telephone call ____ you, Li Le.
A. to B. of C. with D. for
二、阅读理解。(计 15分)
(A) 阅读短文，选择最佳答案。
The children next door often play football in the garden and sometimes break my windows. Last Sunday afternoon, I stayed at home and read a book. After a while, I closed my eyes and went to sleep. Suddenly a noise woke me up. A little boy came to the door, “Have you broken a window again?” I asked, “Oh, no,” answered the boy, “Your window was open this time and our ball has gone into your bedroom. May we get it, please?”
( ) 1. ____ often play football and sometimes break my windows.
A. My children B. My neighbours' children
C. Some children
( ) 2. ____ I stayed at home and read a book.
A. Last Monday B. Last Sunday morning
C. Last Sunday afternoon
( ) 3. Suddenly a noise woke me up.____.
A. A football hit the door
B. A little boy came to the door
C. A man came to the door
( ) 4. The boy ____ a window this time.
A. broke B. didn't break C. opened
( ) 5. The ball went _____.
A. into the boy's room B. out of the bedroom
C. into the writer's bedroom
(B) 补全对话，每空填一词。
Alice：Hello, .
Mary：Oh, hello. 1 I 2 to Alice, please?
Alice： 3 !
Mary：Oh, hi, Alice. Why 4 you away from school yesterday?
Alice：I 5 a little ill.
Mary：I'm 6 to hear that. Are you 7 now?
Alice： 8 better, thank you. What 9 the maths teacher say
about the homework?
Mary：He asked us 10 do Exercise 4 and 5. But don't
worry. I can help you.
Alice：Thanks a lot.
三、完形填空。(共 10小题，计 10分)
从每小题 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳答案，完成短文。
Mrs Jones' telephone number was 3463, and the number of 1 in her town was 3464. So people often make mistakes and telephoned 2 when they wanted the cinema.
One evening the telephone rang and Mrs. Jones 3 . A tired man said, “At what time does your last film 4 ?”
“I'm 5 , ”said Mrs. Jones, “but you have the 6 . This is not the cinema.”
“Oh, it began twenty minutes ago,” said the man, “I'm sorry about that. Goodbye.”
Mrs. Jones was very surprised (惊奇), so she told her husband (丈夫). He laughed and said, “The man's wife wanted to go to the cinema, but he was feeling 7 , so he telephoned the cinema. His wife heard him, 8 she didn't hear you. Now they 9 this evening and 10 will be happy!”
根据短文内容选择正确的填空。
( ) 1. A. the theatre B. the cinema C. hospital D. the office
( ) 2. A. him B. her C. them D. us
( ) 3. A. said it B. said C. answered it D. answers it
( ) 4. A. finish B. see C. go on D. start
( ) 5. A. sorry B. afraid C. glad D. happy
( ) 6. A. right number B. good number
C. wrong number D. wrong telephone
( ) 7. A. thirsty B. hungry C. sleepy D. tired
( ) 8. A. but B. and C. or D. so
( ) 9. A. will stay at cinema B. will stay at home
C. will stay at Mr. John's house
D. will stay at the theatre
( ) 10. A. the wife B. Mrs. Jones C. the husband D. Mr jones
四、句形转换。(共 10小题，计 20分)
1. All of us are studying now. (变否定句)
__________ of us __________ studying now.
2. Winter is the coldest of the four seasons in a year.
(就划线部分提问)
__________ __________ is the coldest of the four seasons?
3. What a strong wind. (同义句)
__________ __________ the wind is?
4. There was a lot of snow last night.(同上)
It __________ __________ last night.
5. He never skates in summer. (改肯定句)
He __________ skates in summer.
6. The sun is very bright. (变为感叹句)
__________ bright __________ __________ is!
7. The snow is quite light. (变反意疑问句)
The snow is quite light, __________ __________?
8. It's March 29th today. (对划线部分提问)
What's __________ __________ today?
9. It was cloudy and cold yesterday. (同上)
What was the __________ __________ yesterday?
10. It was very rainy yesterday evening. (同义句)
There _________ _________ ________ rain yesterday evening.
五、用所给词的适当形式填空。(计 5分)
1. Different __________ (country) have different weather.
2. Which is the __________ (hot) month in China?
3. In winter we need __________ (wear) warm clothes.
4. Please walk __________ (careful) on the thin ice.
5. __________ (do) you have _________ (beautifully) shunshine?
六、汉译英。(共 5小题，计 5分)
1. 武汉的秋天从八月开始，持续到十月。
The autumn in Wuhan _________ in August, and _________
on to October.
2. 在冬天，人们需要穿许多暖和的衣服。
In winter, people need to wear __________ of warm __________ .
3. 多晴朗的天啊！
__________ a __________ day __________ __________!
4. 不像中国，澳大利亚二月份的天气很热。
__________ __________, the weather in February is very
hot in Australia.
5. 不要在薄冰上滑冰，很危险。
Don't skate __________ the __________ ice. It's __________
初二英语单元练习 (Unit 13)
一、找出划线部分读音与所给词划线部分读音相同的词。(共 5小题, 计 5分)
( ) 1.bird A. autumn B. Robert C. birthday D. warm
( ) 2. photo A. bright B. laugh C. ring D. have
( ) 3.season A. rest B. present C. snow D. message
( ) 4. ready A. beautiful B. feather C. season D. cleaner
( ) 5. madam A. rain B. happy C. half D. because
二、单项选择。(共 20小题，计 20分)
( ) 1. I'm afraid I am going to ___ at home that day.
A. is B. am C. be D. was
( ) 2. I'll give the message ____ her when I meet her.
A. for B. to C. with D. in
( ) 3. Thanks a lot for ____ the present.
A. gives B. gave C. giving D. gived
( ) 4. Oh, hello, Ann, ____ is Jim Green.
A. I B. this C. these D. that
( ) 5. Hello, there was a telephone call ____ you.
A. to B. by C. for D. of
( ) 6. There was ____ to listen to it.
A. manytimes B. anytime C. time enough D. enough time
( ) 7. The party is going to start at five thirty, ____?
A. is it B. isn't it C. are it D. aren't they
( ) 8. She often ____ me ____ my English.
A. helps, do B. helps, study C. helps, with D. help, with
( ) 9. What ____ old story - book it is!
A. a B. an C. the D. ×
( ) 10. How ____ he writes!
A. care B. good C. well D. careful
( ) 11. I'm sure she'd love ____.
A. comes B. to come C. coming D. came
( ) 12. I'm sorry I ____ give her the message.
A. can B. may C. may not D. can't
( ) 13. Your sister was in the shop. And ____ you mother.
A. so was B. was so C. so is D. is so
( ) 14. There was _____ food on the table.
A. many B. a few C. few D. little
( ) 15. There was no food ____.
A. eat B. eating C. to eat D. eats
( ) 16. The meeting is going to ____ at two o'clock.
A. open B. begin C. start D. be
( ) 17. — Didn't you finish you school work? — ____.
A. No, I didn't B. Yes, I didn't C. No, I did D. Same
( ) 18. I ____ enjoyed a ____ English meal.
A. real, really B. really, real C. real, real D. really, really
( ) 19. Did you ____ a good time at the party yesterday?
A. have B. has C. had D. to have
( ) 20. Don't forget ____ him about it.
A. tell B. tells C. to tell D. telling
三、完形填空。(共 20小题，计 20分)
A
Two tramps (流浪汉) were 1 along a quiet road. A sorry - looking dog was following them.
“We have had a bad day, Joe,” the first tramp said. “We haven't any money and we can get 2 to eat.” “We will find something,” the second tramp answered cheerfully (高声地).
Suddenly the tramps saw a car in the distance (在远处). It was coming 3 them very quickly. Both tramps moved to one side, but the dog stayed 4 the middle of the road.
The driver tried to 5 the car, but it was too late, the car hit the dog and killed it. The driver got out 6 the car and went to the first tramp.
“Poor little dog,” the tramp said sadly. “I'm terribly sorry.” the driver said.“I tried to avoid (躲避) your dog but I couldn't.” He took out his wallet (钱包) and gave five pounds to the tramp.“ Will that 7 all right?” the driver asked.
“Yes, sir, thank you.” the tramp said. The driver get 8 his car and drove away.
“Poor little dog,” the first tramp said and 9 the money into his pocket.
“ 10 dog was it?” the second tramp asked.
( ) 1. A. walk B. walking C. walked D. walks
( ) 2. A. nothing B. something C. anything D. everything
( ) 3. A. into B. on C. to D. up
( ) 4. A. in B. at C. by D. of
( ) 5. A. drive B. stop C. call D. move
( ) 6. A. from B. into C. off D. of
( ) 7. A. be B. is C. was D. to
( ) 8. A. on B. into C. off D. of
( ) 9. A. took B. put C. catch D. throw
( ) 10. A. Who's B. Which C. Whose D. What
B
Isaac Newton was 1 great English scientist (科学家), 2 when he was thinking hard about his work, he often forgot 3 things.
One morning Newton got up early. He began 4 at once. He worked on a very difficult problem (问题). He was still thinking it hard when it was time 5 breakfast. Mary brought a pan (平底锅) of water and an egg to his room. But Newton wanted to stay by 6 and said to Mary, “You can put the egg on the table. I'll boil (煮) it myself.”Mary put the egg beside Newton's watch on the table and said, “You must boil the egg 7 four minutes and then it will he ready.” Then she went out of the room.
But when she went into the room again an hour 8 , she saw him 9 by the pan, and having the egg in his hand. He had put the watch in the pan and was boiling it! But he did not know 10 he was doing.
( ) 1. A. a B. an C. / D. the
( ) 2. A. so B. but C. and D. of
( ) 3. A. another B. others C. other D. the other
( ) 4. A. work B. works C. worked D. to work
( ) 5. A. for B. to C. at D. with
( ) 6. A. he B. him C. his D. himself
( ) 7. A. to B. on C. for D. in
( ) 8. A. after B. late C. before D. later
( ) 9. A. standing B. stands C. stood D. to stand
( ) 10. A. that B. what C. when D. which
四、阅读理解。(共 15小题，计 15分)
(A) 阅读短文，判断句子正误。正确的填 T，错误的填 F。
“It was sunny all morning”, said John. “Why is it raining now?”
Mother said, “There are little drops (滴) of water in the sky(天空). They're too small. They're always there. You can't see them.”
“How do they get there?” asked John.
“The drops come from rivers and seas”, said Mother,“They come up to the sky. Then they make clouds.”
“What happened (发生) then?” asked John.
“The clouds get heavy,” said Mother. “The drops to come down.”
“And that is rain!” said John.
( ) 1. It was raining all morning.
( ) 2. There isn't any water at times in the sky.
( ) 3. We can see the little drops of water in the sky.
( ) 4. Little drops of water make clouds.
( ) 5. The drops of water come down when the clouds get heavy.
(B) 根据对话，完成对话中所缺单词。
A：Hello, Kate. It's a beautiful day, 1 it?
B：Yes, 2 3 . It's 4 sunny.
A：What are you 5 to do this afternoon?
B：I have no 6 .
A：What about 7 swimming?
B：That's a good idea. What time 8 we meet?
A：About two o'clock.
B：I'm afraid it's too early. Let's make it a little 9 . How
about three o'clock?
A：That would 10 fine. Let's meet at three o'clock.
五、用所给词的适当形式填空。(共 10小题，计 10分)
1. Tom walks more __________ than I (quick).
2. All his friends came. They were _________ when they met.
(friend)
3. John comes from Canada. He is a __________ (Canada).
4. It's useful to keep our bodies __________ (health).
5. Yesterday I _________ (ring) up my aunt, but she wasn't in.
6. It's a __________ (rain) day, isn't it?
7. He was ill yesterday, but he _________ (feel) much better now.
8. “I'll go to the Great Wall”, he said __________ (happy).
9. Our classroom is much __________ (bright) than theirs.
10.The cold winter __________ (last) from December to February.
六、句型转换。(共 10小题，计 10分)
1. It was March 18th, 1997. (就划线部分提问)
__________ __________ __________ __________?
2. There is much ice, __________ __________? (反意疑问句)
3. The best way for you to study English is much reading.
You ________ _________ _________ much English. (同义句)
4. It was a cold day. (感叹句)
__________ __________ __________ day it __________!
5. I'll give the message to him. (就划线部分提问)
__________ __________ you give the message __________?
6. It's an easy question. (同义句)
I can answer the question __________.
7. She is busy. I'm busy too. (同上)
She is busy, and __________ __________ __________.
8. I hope you will have a good time. (同上)
I hope you all __________ __________.
9. Kate has a cake. Becky has a cake, too. (同上)
__________ Kate __________ Becky __________ a cake.
10. Bruce has much food on the table. (同义句)
Bruce has __________ __________ food on the table.
七、改错。(共 5小题，计 10分)
下列各小题 A、B、C、D 中有一处错误，指出并改下。
( ) 1. You must look after yourself and keep health.
A B C D
( ) 2. I don't like winter, because there is very much snow.
A B C D
( ) 3. What nice present. I like it very much.
A B C D
( ) 4. Thank you for come to see us.
A B C D
( ) 5. Read the story and find out the answer for the question.
A B C D
| TELEPHONE MESSAGE |
| From : _____________ To : _____________ Time : _________________________________ Message : __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ |
| No.4 School |
| shop |
| shop |
| post office |
| library |
| shoe factory |
| book shop |
| shop |
| hospital |
| A. Where are you going? B. You are welcome. C. How many people are going? D. Can I go, too? E. What time are we starting? F. How are we going there? G. I have no idea. H. All right. I. What not a little earlier? J. What fruit are we going to with? |
| go，say，like，live，love，study，be，teach，work，eat |
| A. Not all all. B. You're welcome. C. Certainly. D. It doesn't matter. E. No, Mr Green F. Only one. G. By bike or on foot. H. I'm sorry I'm late. I. Yes, please go with us. J. A talk about English name. K. Animals. L. Fine, thanks. |
| say, draw, watch, study, like, read, listen to, praise (表扬), speak, sing |
| A. How much are they? B. Five cakes, three with nuts and two with something sweet inside. C. I'd like to buy some mooncakes. D. You are welcome. E. Here is the money. F. I'd like the mooncakes with nuts and xomething sweet inside. |
| listen to，do，get，sing，fall，play，hear，answer，to，not like，skate |
| not work，run，sit，leave，go，have，climb，show，turn，wait |
| pack, forget, ask, feel, teach, remember, wear, invent, keep, plan, reply |
| study，hear，sing，be，visit，write，eat，fall，start，marry |
| Hospital |
| Cinema |
| Park |
| No. 1 Middle School |
| Book Shop |
| Post office |
| Station |
| Fruit shop |
| Factory |